epubs.surrey.ac.ukepubs.surrey.ac.uk/812369/1/e-thesis 6230279.docx · web viewindeed, the word...
TRANSCRIPT
![Page 1: epubs.surrey.ac.ukepubs.surrey.ac.uk/812369/1/E-thesis 6230279.docx · Web viewIndeed, the word ‘anchor’ has been used to refer to both mindful awareness (Brown, Marquis, &](https://reader035.vdocuments.mx/reader035/viewer/2022081514/5a7123887f8b9ac0538c9d3b/html5/thumbnails/1.jpg)
A research portfolio
Including an investigation of ‘Bringing mindfulness to the therapeutic relationship:
Towards a grounded theory’
Jacob Ellwood
Submitted in partial fulfilment of the degree of Practitioner Doctorate (PsychD) in Psychotherapeutic and Counselling Psychology
Department of PsychologyFaculty of Arts and Human Sciences
University of Surrey
October 2016
![Page 2: epubs.surrey.ac.ukepubs.surrey.ac.uk/812369/1/E-thesis 6230279.docx · Web viewIndeed, the word ‘anchor’ has been used to refer to both mindful awareness (Brown, Marquis, &](https://reader035.vdocuments.mx/reader035/viewer/2022081514/5a7123887f8b9ac0538c9d3b/html5/thumbnails/2.jpg)
Statement of copyright
No aspect of this portfolio may be reproduced in any form without written permission
of the author, with the exception of librarians at the University of Surrey who are
empowered to reproduced the portfolio by photocopy or otherwise, and may loan
copies for academic purposes.
© Jacob Ellwood, 2016
2
![Page 3: epubs.surrey.ac.ukepubs.surrey.ac.uk/812369/1/E-thesis 6230279.docx · Web viewIndeed, the word ‘anchor’ has been used to refer to both mindful awareness (Brown, Marquis, &](https://reader035.vdocuments.mx/reader035/viewer/2022081514/5a7123887f8b9ac0538c9d3b/html5/thumbnails/3.jpg)
Statement of anonymity and confidentiality
In order to ensure the confidentiality and anonymity of all clients and research
participants, pseudonyms have been used throughout the portfolio, and any identifying
information has been changed or omitted.
3
![Page 4: epubs.surrey.ac.ukepubs.surrey.ac.uk/812369/1/E-thesis 6230279.docx · Web viewIndeed, the word ‘anchor’ has been used to refer to both mindful awareness (Brown, Marquis, &](https://reader035.vdocuments.mx/reader035/viewer/2022081514/5a7123887f8b9ac0538c9d3b/html5/thumbnails/4.jpg)
Acknowledgements
I would firstly like to thank my fellow trainees, whom I have got to know and love
more deeply than I could have believed when starting the course. I would particularly
like to thank Damien Pearse, who has been with me every step of the way and who
has been incredibly generous with his support and encouragement.
The clients with whom I have worked during my placements have each made a
mark on me, and contributed enormously to my development as a counselling
psychologist. I would like to thank them also.
Linda Morison, who supervised my second and third-year research projects,
has been a great source of support, both for her support in helping me formulate ideas,
and for the encouragement she gave me. I would also like to thank Riccardo Draghi-
Lorenz, who supervised my first-year literature review and who was always a
stimulating and enjoyable presence in class.
I would also like to give profound thanks to my placement supervisors, Saira
Razzaq, Roger Lippin, and Becky Whitfield, for their guidance and support. So much
learning in this profession takes place ‘on the job’, and these three people helped me
develop professionally, academically, and personally.
I am grateful for the participation of the therapists and clients whom I
interviewed for my research projects. Their input was not only valuable for the
purposes of research, but also encouraged me to reflect upon my own therapeutic
practice.
Finally I would like to thank my family and friends. I consider myself very
fortunate to have recourse to such a wonderful support network. Without them I
wouldn’t have made it this far.
4
![Page 5: epubs.surrey.ac.ukepubs.surrey.ac.uk/812369/1/E-thesis 6230279.docx · Web viewIndeed, the word ‘anchor’ has been used to refer to both mindful awareness (Brown, Marquis, &](https://reader035.vdocuments.mx/reader035/viewer/2022081514/5a7123887f8b9ac0538c9d3b/html5/thumbnails/5.jpg)
Contents
Abstract 6
Research Dossier
Introduction to the research dossier 8
Literature review 9
Research project 1: Therapist and client experiences of joint mindfulness 51
Appendices 99
Research project 2: Bringing mindfulness to the therapeutic relationship:
Towards a grounded theory 106
Appendices 155
5
![Page 6: epubs.surrey.ac.ukepubs.surrey.ac.uk/812369/1/E-thesis 6230279.docx · Web viewIndeed, the word ‘anchor’ has been used to refer to both mindful awareness (Brown, Marquis, &](https://reader035.vdocuments.mx/reader035/viewer/2022081514/5a7123887f8b9ac0538c9d3b/html5/thumbnails/6.jpg)
Abstract
This is a portfolio of research work completed during my three years of training on the
PsychD in Psychotherapeutic and Counselling Psychology at the University of Surrey.
It comprises a literature review and two research reports. The literature review
explores some of the conceptual and empirical links between mindfulness and
attachment. The first research report is a qualitative enquiry into how therapists and
clients experience joint mindfulness practice within therapy sessions, and identifies
themes and superordinate themes relating to this experience. The second research
report employs a qualitative methodology to understand how therapists bring
mindfulness to the therapeutic relationship, and presents a theory of the processes
through which this is achieved.
6
![Page 7: epubs.surrey.ac.ukepubs.surrey.ac.uk/812369/1/E-thesis 6230279.docx · Web viewIndeed, the word ‘anchor’ has been used to refer to both mindful awareness (Brown, Marquis, &](https://reader035.vdocuments.mx/reader035/viewer/2022081514/5a7123887f8b9ac0538c9d3b/html5/thumbnails/7.jpg)
Research Dossier
7
![Page 8: epubs.surrey.ac.ukepubs.surrey.ac.uk/812369/1/E-thesis 6230279.docx · Web viewIndeed, the word ‘anchor’ has been used to refer to both mindful awareness (Brown, Marquis, &](https://reader035.vdocuments.mx/reader035/viewer/2022081514/5a7123887f8b9ac0538c9d3b/html5/thumbnails/8.jpg)
Introduction to the research dossier
This dossier comprises a literature review and two empirical research reports. The
literature review examines the conceptual and empirical links between mindfulness
and attachment, and includes discussion of some ways in which mindfulness has been
used to enhance interpersonal relationships. Although most of the literature
surrounding these subjects is quantitative, the implicit objectivist stance evinced by
these studies did not sit easily with me – although I believe attachment theory is a very
useful way of understanding childhood development and subsequent relational style,
following the literature review I was less sure about the existence of clear-cut
attachment ‘styles’. Equally, I conceptualise mindfulness as a stance, or a way of
being, and I do not believe that it lends itself readily to quantification. Therefore in my
second and third-year research reports, I adopted qualitative research methods that
focused on the subjectivity of individual experience and acknowledged the socially
constructed nature of knowledge regarding social phenomena. The second-year
research report uses interpretative phenomenological analysis (IPA) in a study of joint
mindfulness practice within individual therapy sessions. The third-year research report
adopts a constructivist grounded theory approach to investigate therapist perceptions
of how they bring mindfulness to the therapeutic relationship.
8
![Page 9: epubs.surrey.ac.ukepubs.surrey.ac.uk/812369/1/E-thesis 6230279.docx · Web viewIndeed, the word ‘anchor’ has been used to refer to both mindful awareness (Brown, Marquis, &](https://reader035.vdocuments.mx/reader035/viewer/2022081514/5a7123887f8b9ac0538c9d3b/html5/thumbnails/9.jpg)
LITERATURE REVIEW
Mindfulness and attachment: A review
Abstract
Mindfulness and attachment have been linked conceptually and correlated empirically.
Secure attachment and high trait mindfulness are associated with more successful
interpersonal relationships, better control over cognitive processes, and optimal
functioning in terms of affect regulation and general wellbeing. However, there is only
one previous review of the literature exploring the relationship between mindfulness
and attachment, leaving much uncharted territory. This review seeks to unpack some
of the processes underlying this relationship, and examines some of the ways in which
secure attachment and mindfulness are transmitted from parent to child. The findings
suggest that there is a positive correlation between secure attachment and mindfulness,
and that the key processes through which this relationship functions are attention and
emotion regulation. Potential benefits and obstacles are considered for the
implementation of mindfulness techniques for insecurely attached people within the
therapeutic setting.
Keywords: Mindfulness, attachment, interpersonal, attention, affect regulation
Introduction
Researchers have begun to explore the links between mindfulness and attachment only
in the last 10 years or so, and it is still a relatively undeveloped field of study:
Literature searches on PsycINFO, PsycARTICLES, and Google Scholar for
‘mindfulness’, ‘attachment’, and ‘review’ returned only Snyder, Shapiro, and
Treleaven’s (2012) review, which focuses largely on parent-child relationships. The
current review also looks at how attachment security is established during childhood,
9
![Page 10: epubs.surrey.ac.ukepubs.surrey.ac.uk/812369/1/E-thesis 6230279.docx · Web viewIndeed, the word ‘anchor’ has been used to refer to both mindful awareness (Brown, Marquis, &](https://reader035.vdocuments.mx/reader035/viewer/2022081514/5a7123887f8b9ac0538c9d3b/html5/thumbnails/10.jpg)
and the role of mindfulness can play in facilitating this process, but is concerned more
with the significance of mindfulness in relation to adult attachment security.
John Bowlby (1988) referred to the primary caregiver as a safe haven or
‘secure base’. If a child is securely attached, she will feel able to explore her
surroundings in the knowledge that she can return to the sanctuary of her caregiver if
necessary. In a similar way, mindfulness allows a person to be curious about their
emotions, cognitions, and sensations – if these become too intense, mindful practice
allows the individual to use focused breathing as an anchor. Indeed, the word ‘anchor’
has been used to refer to both mindful awareness (Brown, Marquis, & Guiffrida,
2013) and the feeling of having someone on whom one can rely for safety and
validation (Rothchild, 2000). Mindfulness could perhaps, then, be a way of using the
self as a secure base.
Such a notion has already been suggested within the literature. Snyder et al.
(2012) note that nurturing one’s capacity for mindfulness is a way of developing a
secure attachment to the self, or in the words of Siegel (2009, p.145), ‘becoming your
own best friend’. Recent studies have also found that attachment security is related to
increased mindfulness (e.g., Shaver, Lavy, Saron, & Mikulincer, 2007; Walsh, Balint,
Smolira, Frederickson, & Madsen, 2009). Some of the strongest evidence for the link
is suggested by Pepping, O’Donovan, and Davis (2014), who used self-report
measures to explore the link between mindfulness and attachment in meditators and
non-meditators. Regular meditators scored higher on mindfulness, and most
significantly, lower attachment avoidance and anxiety accounted for 43.3% of this
variance.
The current paper seeks to elucidate the various dimensions of the link
between mindfulness and attachment: Interpersonal, affective, cognitive, and
neurobiological. Ultimately, the aim of such an endeavour is to find out whether
cultivating mindfulness can help those with an insecure attachment style to achieve
both interpersonal and intrapersonal attunement, and so the discussion then proceeds
to look at how mindfulness-type skills are passed on through attachment processes,
and what implications this has for the therapeutic relationship.
10
![Page 11: epubs.surrey.ac.ukepubs.surrey.ac.uk/812369/1/E-thesis 6230279.docx · Web viewIndeed, the word ‘anchor’ has been used to refer to both mindful awareness (Brown, Marquis, &](https://reader035.vdocuments.mx/reader035/viewer/2022081514/5a7123887f8b9ac0538c9d3b/html5/thumbnails/11.jpg)
Mindfulness
The word ‘mindfulness’ can refer to a psychological trait, a state of awareness, a
mental process, or the formal practice of cultivating mindfulness (e.g. mindfulness
meditation) (Germer, Siegel, & Fulton, 2005). Most frequently it is said to have its
roots in Buddhist philosophy (Kabat-Zinn, 2004), but parallels have also been drawn
with ancient Greek philosophy, phenomenology, existentialism, transcendentalism,
and humanism (Brown, Ryan, & Creswell, 2007).
The current paper will take as its starting point Jon Kabat-Zinn’s (2003, p.145)
definition of mindfulness as ‘the awareness that emerges through paying attention on
purpose, in the present moment, and nonjudgmentally to the unfolding of experience
moment by moment.’ The value of this working definition is that it encompasses
several key facets that are universal in the literature on mindfulness: Intentional
awareness, focus on the present moment, and non-judgemental orientation towards
experience. Shapiro, Carlson, Astin, and Freedman (2006) summarised these core
elements as, respectively, intention, attention, and attitude. It is acknowledged within
the literature that different individuals have different levels of trait mindfulness. This
is not to claim that one’s capacity to be mindful is fixed, though. Buddhism has long
used various meditation approaches including mindful breathing and concentration
meditation to encourage present moment awareness and engagement with experience.
Since the inception of Kabat-Zinn’s mindfulness-based stress reduction
(MBSR) programme in 1979, such techniques have been employed as health
interventions, among clinical and non-clinical populations. The MBSR course
comprises eight weekly sessions of 2-2.5 hours, with a whole-day retreat between
weeks 6 and 7. The program takes place within a group setting and incorporates a
variety of meditation techniques, including a body scan exercise, sitting meditation,
mindful walking and yoga, along with a taught element that ‘shows the workings’ of
the process. Emphasis is placed on a non-goal orientation, and participants are
encouraged to view mindful living as an ongoing process and to continue practice
after the course has finished (Kabat-Zinn, 1994).
A meta-analysis of 17 MBSR studies found evidence that MBSR improves
mental health in both clinical and non-clinical populations, but the evidence was
inconclusive as to whether it could improve physical health (Fjorback, Arendt,
11
![Page 12: epubs.surrey.ac.ukepubs.surrey.ac.uk/812369/1/E-thesis 6230279.docx · Web viewIndeed, the word ‘anchor’ has been used to refer to both mindful awareness (Brown, Marquis, &](https://reader035.vdocuments.mx/reader035/viewer/2022081514/5a7123887f8b9ac0538c9d3b/html5/thumbnails/12.jpg)
Ørnbøl, Fink, & Walach, 2011). Breast cancer survivors, in an RCT conducted by
Lengacher et al. (2009) recorded significantly improved psychological wellbeing and
quality of life, compared to a treatment-as-usual group. MBSR interventions have also
been found to lower anxiety and depression symptoms, and raise self-esteem, in
individuals with social anxiety disorder, by Goldin & Gross (2010); although a lack of
a control group in this study limits the claims that can be made about these findings.
Mindfulness-based cognitive therapy (MBCT) combines a variety of
mindfulness techniques (body scan, sitting meditation, mindful movement) with an
approach to emotion and cognition that is informed by Aaron Beck’s cognitive
therapy paradigm. MBCT is recommended as a way of preventing depression relapse
(Fjorback et al., 2011; Galante, Iribarren, & Pearce, 2013). Encouraging findings have
also been made for MBCT as a way of relieving symptoms in patients with panic
disorder and generalized anxiety disorder: Kim et al. (2009) assigned participants to
MBCT or an eight-week anxiety disorder education program, finding significantly
greater improvement in the MBCT group on measures of anxiety and depression.
Other forms of therapy use the teaching of mindfulness skills as a central
component. Dialectical Behaviour Therapy (DBT; Linehan, 1993a, 1993b) is used to
treat borderline personality disorder and has a focus on acceptance and change. The
therapist works with the client to encourage acceptance of his self, his history and his
current situation, while looking at change strategies for behaviour and environment
with the aim of improving the client’s life. One on one therapy is supplemented by a
year-long weekly skills group, which addresses interpersonal skills, emotion
regulation, and distress tolerance. Mindfulness practice is considered an integral part
of the treatment, although frequency and length of practice is left for the client and
therapist to decide. DBT has also been explored as a potential treatment, with
promising results, for substance abuse (Linehan et al., 1999) and bulimia (Telch,
Agras, & Linehan, 2002).
Although it does not prescribe mindful or meditative practice, acceptance and
commitment therapy (ACT; Hayes, Strosahl, & Wilson, 1999) is considered to be a
mindfulness-based intervention (Baer, 2003) because of its focus on mindfulness
skills. ACT has been used as an effective treatment for anxiety and depression
(Forman, Herbert, Moitra, Yeomans, & Geller, 2007), and eating disorders (Sandoz,
Wilson, & Dufrene, 2013). As in mindfulness, cognitions are treated as mental events,
12
![Page 13: epubs.surrey.ac.ukepubs.surrey.ac.uk/812369/1/E-thesis 6230279.docx · Web viewIndeed, the word ‘anchor’ has been used to refer to both mindful awareness (Brown, Marquis, &](https://reader035.vdocuments.mx/reader035/viewer/2022081514/5a7123887f8b9ac0538c9d3b/html5/thumbnails/13.jpg)
and clients are taught how to nurture an ‘observing self’ that can address thoughts and
feelings at an emotional distance, as discrete phenomena. Rather than attempting to rid
the self of troubling thoughts or emotions, clients are encouraged to change their
relationship towards them.
The mindful stance in relation to cognition, then, is that of viewing thoughts as
mental events, rather than truths that define the self (Kabat-Zinn, 2004). Mindful
interventions encourage the client to visualise thoughts as leaves floating by on a
stream, or clouds passing through the sky (Williams, Teasdale, Segal, & Kabat-Zinn,
2007; Orsillo & Roemer, 2011). The common theme in such visualisation exercises is
that of motion; Irving, Dobkin, and Park (2009, p.62) characterise the mindful stance
towards cognitions as one of ‘fluid attention’. This is reflected in Baer’s (2003, p.125)
description of mindful awareness as involving ‘observation of constantly changing
internal and external stimuli as they arise.’
As such, mindfulness has been used as a way of reducing rumination (Deyo,
Wilson, Ong, & Koopman, 2009; Raes & Williams, 2010), and has been found to be
effective as treatment for other psychological conditions including anxiety (Kabat-
Zinn et al., 1992), stress (Shapiro, Schwartz, & Bonner, 1998), eating disorders
(Kristeller & Hallett, 1999), and depression relapse (Teasdale et al., 2000). Trait
mindfulness is associated with higher life satisfaction (Brown & Ryan, 2003), higher
sense of autonomy (Brown & Ryan 2003), lower social anxiety (Brown & Ryan
2003), lower experiential avoidance (Baer, Smith, & Allen, 2004), higher empathy
(Dekeyser, Raes, Leijssen, Leysen, & Dewulf, 2008), and higher self-esteem
(Rasmussen & Pidgeon, 2011).
Studies have also investigated the relationship between mindfulness and the
‘big five’ personality dimensions, with findings suggesting that highly mindful people
are more agreeable (Thompson & Waltz, 2007), conscientious (Giluk, 2009), and
open to experience (Giluk, 2009), and score lower in measures of neuroticism
(Dekeyser et al., 2008). In addition to the psychological benefits, mindfulness-based
interventions have also been used to treat physical conditions including chronic pain
(Kabat-Zinn, 1982; McCracken & Keogh, 2009; McCracken & Thompson, 2009) and
psoriasis (Kabat-Zinn et al., 1998), and have been linked with improved immune
function (Davidson et al., 2003; Creswell, Myers, Cole, & Irwin, 2009).
13
![Page 14: epubs.surrey.ac.ukepubs.surrey.ac.uk/812369/1/E-thesis 6230279.docx · Web viewIndeed, the word ‘anchor’ has been used to refer to both mindful awareness (Brown, Marquis, &](https://reader035.vdocuments.mx/reader035/viewer/2022081514/5a7123887f8b9ac0538c9d3b/html5/thumbnails/14.jpg)
Various measures of trait mindfulness have been developed. Among them are
the Mindful Attention Awareness Scale (MAAS; Brown & Ryan, 2003) (with a single
underlying dimension: open/receptive awareness and attention), the Cognitive and
Affective Mindfulness Scale (CAMS; Hayes & Feldman, 2004), the Kentucky
Inventory of Mindfulness Skills (KIMS; Baer et al., 2004) (subscales: observing one’s
moment-to-moment experience, verbalizing experience, acting or participating with
awareness, and non-judgemental acceptance of one’s experiences), the Mindfulness
Questionnaire (Chadwick, Hember, Mead, Lilley, & Dagnan, 2005), the Five Factor
Mindfulness Questionnaire (FFMQ; Baer et al., 2006), and the Freiburg Mindfulness
Inventory (FMI; Buchheld, Grossman, & Wallach, 2001; Walach, Buchheld,
Buttenmuller, Kleinknecht, & Schmidt, 2006). Some studies (e.g. Arch & Craske,
2006) have used interventions such as focused breathing techniques to induce a state
of mindfulness. To measure state mindfulness in such a context, there is a state
version of the MAAS (Brown & Ryan, 2003), as well as the Toronto Mindfulness
Scale (Lau et al., 2006).
Questions have been raised over the validity of such measurement scales.
Grossman (2008, 2011), who co-authored the FMI, contends that existing measures of
mindfulness suffer from a number of limitations, some of which are particular to the
measurement of mindfulness and others of which could apply in a more general sense
to self-report measurement scales. These are that (1) there is no consensus on what
constitutes a mindful person, and as such there is no way to tell whether these scales
are measuring mindfulness, or something else; (2) they neglect important elements of
mindfulness as defined by Buddhist sources as well as by the literature on
mindfulness-based interventions; (3) the various scales diverge in their definitions of
mindfulness, and therefore do not correlate well with each other; (4) certain qualities
which the scales purport to measure, such as attentional lapses, are not amenable to
accurate self-rating. Meanwhile, respondents who are experienced in mindfulness
practice will be aware of the ‘desirable’ response, and eager to believe that the time
they have spent in practice has yielded tangible results; (5) respondent values may
influence response style, confounding valuations with mastery; (6) interpretation of
items will vary significantly according to familiarity with mindfulness teaching; (7)
most scales were developed with convenience samples (e.g. university students); (8)
certain scales (e.g. the MAAS) phrase items in the negative, suggesting that what is
14
![Page 15: epubs.surrey.ac.ukepubs.surrey.ac.uk/812369/1/E-thesis 6230279.docx · Web viewIndeed, the word ‘anchor’ has been used to refer to both mindful awareness (Brown, Marquis, &](https://reader035.vdocuments.mx/reader035/viewer/2022081514/5a7123887f8b9ac0538c9d3b/html5/thumbnails/15.jpg)
being measured is not presence of mindfulness, but absence of ‘mindlessness’ – which
are not the same thing; (9) there are doubts over the validity of a measurement
designed for adolescents (i.e. Brown, West, Loverich, & Biegel, 2011); (10) certain
scales are too abbreviated to capture the subtleties and complexity of mindfulness, and
are therefore reductive.
Much of Grossman’s critique relates to how mindfulness has been
operationalised, and methodological concerns over the development and testing of
measures; concerns that can be addressed in a relatively straightforward manner. More
intractable, perhaps, are the more general questions that have been raised about
contemporary understanding and application of the concept of mindfulness. Of
particular concern to some is the introduction of mindfulness into business contexts,
which jettisons the relational and ethical concerns of mindfulness and transplants
meditation to the world of private industry, where the bottom line is productivity and
profit – a world away from the non-striving attitude of its Buddhist roots (Kabat-Zinn,
2015). This seeming commodification of mindfulness has been termed
‘McMindfulness’ by concerned critics (Purser & Loy, 2013).
The rapid spread of mindfulness in the public consciousness has also led to
confusion about the meaning of mindfulness (even beyond the discrepancies in the
accounts of different authorities). A recent article in the Guardian (Foster, 2016)
referred to mindfulness as a ‘relaxation technique’; although relaxation may be an
outcome (or desired goal) of mindful practice, nowhere in the literature do its
proponents describe it as a ‘relaxation technique’. This confusion is not assisted by
apparent contradictions within the literature about what mindfulness meditation
entails. Even in a paper dedicated to establishing an operational definition of the
concept, Bishop et al. (2004) first state that mindfulness meditation involves a
concerted effort ‘to maintain attention on a particular focus, most commonly the
somatic sensations of his or her breathing’ (p.232) but also that ‘All thoughts, feelings,
and sensations that arise are initially seen as relevant and therefore subject to
observation.’ (p.233)
Meditating mindfully, then, involves two seemingly quite different activities –
attempting to maintain focus on the breath and engagement with the contents of
consciousness that arise when doing so. Brown and Ryan (2004) address this apparent
contradiction by noting that these two forms of meditation can be traced to two
15
![Page 16: epubs.surrey.ac.ukepubs.surrey.ac.uk/812369/1/E-thesis 6230279.docx · Web viewIndeed, the word ‘anchor’ has been used to refer to both mindful awareness (Brown, Marquis, &](https://reader035.vdocuments.mx/reader035/viewer/2022081514/5a7123887f8b9ac0538c9d3b/html5/thumbnails/16.jpg)
different traditions within Buddhism: concentration meditation and insight/awareness
meditation. Some traditions have established a stepped meditation program in which
the individual practises first concentration meditation (to sharpen attentional ability)
and then ‘graduates’ to insight meditation (Kapleau, 1980). In most contemporary
applications of mindfulness, the distinction between these two forms of meditation
appears to have been lost, which has perhaps contributed to confusion about what
mindfulness is.
This confusion also extends to the perceived status of mindfulness practice
such as meditation as solitary activities; such a perception may be reinforced by the
existence of silent retreats which proscribe interaction between attendees. In fact,
many authorities (e.g. Hanh, 1991; Kabat-Zinn, 2004; Williams & Penman, 2011)
argue that mindfulness is intimately engaged with interpersonal processes. The next
section will examine how the link between mindfulness and interpersonal
relationships has been conceptualised, tested, and employed in psychological
interventions.
Mindfulness and interpersonal relationships
Daniel Siegel, who has carried out work on the psychological and neurobiological
mechanisms of attachment, asserts that the neural circuitry activated and strengthened
by intentional and non-judgemental present moment awareness is also responsible for
engendering feelings of safety. This feeling of safety, along with activation of mirror
neurons that allow us to affectively understand (or ‘feel’) mental states in others is,
argues Siegel, the basis of compassion (Siegel, 2007, 2009).
Indeed, mindfulness has long been used as a method of improving
interpersonal relations. In Buddhism, mettā refers to loving-kindness, friendship, and
active interest in others. Within a contemporary psychological context, such practices
have been translated into ‘compassion meditation’, which has been found to increase
empathy (Hofmann, Grossman, & Hinton, 2011), social connectedness (Hutcherson,
Seppala, & Gross, 2008), and altruism (Kristeller & Johnson, 2005), all of which are
also linked with secure attachment (Mikulincer & Shaver, 2005).
16
![Page 17: epubs.surrey.ac.ukepubs.surrey.ac.uk/812369/1/E-thesis 6230279.docx · Web viewIndeed, the word ‘anchor’ has been used to refer to both mindful awareness (Brown, Marquis, &](https://reader035.vdocuments.mx/reader035/viewer/2022081514/5a7123887f8b9ac0538c9d3b/html5/thumbnails/17.jpg)
Dekeyser et al. (2008) explored the links between the four factors of the
Kentucky Mindfulness Scale and interpersonal behaviour. All dimensions were
positively related to expressing oneself in social situations. Mindful observing, acting
with awareness, and non-judgemental acceptance were associated with a higher
capacity for identifying and describing emotions, and lower social anxiety, with
mindful observing also correlated with empathy.
Such interpersonal skills bestow significant social advantages on the mindful
individual, and it is perhaps unsurprising that, for example, trait mindfulness is
positively correlated with marital satisfaction (Burpee & Langer, 2005; Barnes,
Brown, Krusemark, Campbell, & Rogge, 2007; Wachs & Cordova, 2007). Jones,
Welton, Oliver, and Thoburn (2011) found that this link is partially mediated by
spousal attachment, and, like Siegel (2007, 2009), suggest that mindfulness can
promote the strengthening of neural pathways linked to feelings of security and
positive affect. Accordingly, mindfulness has been incorporated into relationship
therapy, with a focus on empathy and acceptance as a way of improving outcome in
couple and family therapy (Block-Lerner, Adair, Plumb, Rhatigan, & Orsillo, 2007;
Gehart, 2012).
The last few years have seen a rapidly increasing interest in using mindfulness
techniques to help mothers become more attuned to their children, with the stated aim
to improve bonding between caregiver and infant, and reduce the stress associated
with raising a child. So called ‘mindful parenting’ involves listening with full
attention to the child, cultivating emotional awareness and self-regulation in the
parent, and approaching parent-child interactions with non-judgement and compassion
(Bögels & Restifo, 2015).
In an RCT with 65 families, Coatsworth, Duncan, Greenberg, and Nix (2010)
modified an existing parenting program to include a mindfulness element, leading to
reduced negative affect and increased positive affect among adolescents, and
improved parent-child relationships compared to the original program. Mindfulness is
also indicated as a potential intervention in those cases where attachment difficulties
may arise due to the presence of psychological, neurobiological, or developmental
disorders in the child: Trait mindfulness has been found to predict higher involvement
in parental tasks among fathers of children with intellectual disabilities (MacDonald &
Hastings, 2010), while positive effects of mindfulness training have been reported by
17
![Page 18: epubs.surrey.ac.ukepubs.surrey.ac.uk/812369/1/E-thesis 6230279.docx · Web viewIndeed, the word ‘anchor’ has been used to refer to both mindful awareness (Brown, Marquis, &](https://reader035.vdocuments.mx/reader035/viewer/2022081514/5a7123887f8b9ac0538c9d3b/html5/thumbnails/18.jpg)
parents of children with attention deficit hyperactivity disorder (Van der Oord,
Bögels, & Peijnenburg, 2012).
As noted in the introduction, one of the most intriguing relational aspects of
mindfulness is the proposed link with attachment processes. The next section will
provide a brief overview of attachment theory, and will begin to describe some of the
proposed links between the concepts of mindfulness and attachment.
Attachment
Bowlby’s (1958, 1988) attachment theory grew out of an attempt to understand
parent-child bonding in evolutionary terms. At times of threat or stress, a child’s
attachment system will be activated, and she will seek the comfort and safety provided
by her caregiver, until the threat has passed. Bowlby referred to this phenomenon as
‘attachment behaviour’, and believed its biological function to be protection from
predators (Howe, 2011). For Bowlby, attachment theory was not only applicable to
early childhood, stating that attachment behaviour can re-emerge at critical times
throughout the lifespan (Bowlby, 1969).
Attachment theory was further developed with the work of Mary Ainsworth,
who conceived of the ‘strange situation’ as a way of studying attachment behaviour in
infants. The child was separated from his or her mother for a short period of time, and
his or her behaviour studied during the separation period and after the mother’s return.
From the researchers’ observations, Ainsworth then classified each child as
conforming to one of four attachment styles: Secure, avoidant, ambivalent, and
disorganised (Ainsworth, Blehar, Waters, & Wall, 1978). Subsequent studies have
found attachment style to be predictive, not only of functioning during childhood, but
also through adolescent life and beyond (Grossmann & Grossmann, 1991; Sroufe,
2005).
Attachment theory is not just concerned, however, with behaviour. Bowlby
believed that early bonding experiences with caregivers shape a child’s understanding
of the relationship of the self to others, and that this will shape future attachment
behaviour. He called this the ‘internal working model’, a concept that is comparable to
the schemas of cognitive therapy or object relations of psychodynamic theory. For
18
![Page 19: epubs.surrey.ac.ukepubs.surrey.ac.uk/812369/1/E-thesis 6230279.docx · Web viewIndeed, the word ‘anchor’ has been used to refer to both mindful awareness (Brown, Marquis, &](https://reader035.vdocuments.mx/reader035/viewer/2022081514/5a7123887f8b9ac0538c9d3b/html5/thumbnails/19.jpg)
secure children, the self feels loved and loving, while others are conceived of as
available and reliable. In avoidant children, the self is thought of as unloved, and
others are rejecting and unavailable at times of need. Ambivalent children have an
internal representation of the self as unworthy and dependent, and of others as
unpredictable and unreliable. Disorganised children come to view the self as fearful
and isolated, and others as unavailable, unpredictable, unreliable and even hostile
(Howe, 2011).
Since the 1980s, there has been increasing interest in attachment among adults,
and its links to the formation of social relationships and romantic partnerships,
emotion regulation, and psychological functioning. Several measurement scales have
been developed to classify attachment style in adults. The adult attachment interview
(AAI; George, Kaplan, & Main, 1985) represents a move away from Ainsworth’s
behavioural paradigm to a focus on psychological orientation regarding attachment,
and how coherently the interviewee is able to talk about his attachment relationships.
Participants are then classified as tending towards one of four attachment styles:
secure-autonomous (or free to evaluate), dismissing, preoccupied-entangled, and
unresolved-disorganised, which correspond respectively to the secure, avoidant,
ambivalent, and disorganised patterns in infants.
Self-report measures, such as the Adult Attachment Questionnaire (AAQ)
(Simpson, Rholes, & Phillips, 1996), the Experiences in Close Relationships
questionnaire (ECR) (Brennan et al., 1998), and the Experiences in Close
Relationships – Revised (ECR-R) questionnaire (Fraley, Waller, & Brennan, 2000),
have also been used to evaluate adult attachment organisation. From the data gathered
by such self-report measures, two dimensions have emerged as underpinning adult
attachment style: Avoidance and anxiety. This way of classifying adult attachment has
become dominant within the field, so that adults are typically classified as either
secure (low on both attachment anxiety and avoidance), dismissive (low on anxiety
and high on avoidance), preoccupied (high on anxiety and low on avoidance), or
fearful (high on both anxiety and avoidance).
Secure attachment in adults is associated with higher functioning in a number
of areas. Securely attached adults are more likely to use resources in their social
environment to maintain their physical and psychological wellbeing, seeking health
advice sooner than insecure individuals, and showing more willingness to discuss
19
![Page 20: epubs.surrey.ac.ukepubs.surrey.ac.uk/812369/1/E-thesis 6230279.docx · Web viewIndeed, the word ‘anchor’ has been used to refer to both mindful awareness (Brown, Marquis, &](https://reader035.vdocuments.mx/reader035/viewer/2022081514/5a7123887f8b9ac0538c9d3b/html5/thumbnails/20.jpg)
problems with significant others (Howe, 2011). They are also more likely to feel
satisfied (Hazan & Shaver, 1987; Brennan & Shaver, 1995; Feeney, 1999), and less
anxious (Feeney, 1998), in their romantic relationships.
These relational benefits of secure attachment, such as higher satisfaction and
improved communication, are similar to the relational benefits of mindfulness
discussed in the previous section, and over the past decade researchers have noted
these links and begun to delineate the paths through which mindfulness and
attachment are linked. Saron and Shaver (2006) carried out correlations and a
regression analysis on the Five Factor Mindfulness Questionnaire (FFMQ; Baer,
Smith, Hopkins, Krietemeyer, & Toney, 2006) and a two-dimension (anxiety,
avoidance) measure of adult romantic attachment insecurity (Brennan, Clark, &
Shaver, 1998). Attachment anxiety and avoidant attachment were significantly
associated with and significantly predicted lower scores on three dimensions of
mindfulness: Nonreactivity to inner experience, acting with awareness, and
nonjudging of experience. Avoidant attachment was also significantly associated with
and significantly predicted lower scores on the two other dimensions of the scale:
observing/noticing/attending to perceptions/thoughts/feelings, and describing/labelling
with words. The two attachment dimensions accounted for 42% of the variance in
participants’ overall mindfulness scores.
Other studies have examined the links between attachment anxiety, attachment
avoidance, and mindfulness. Low attachment anxiety (although not avoidance) was
also found to predict mindfulness in a study by Walsh et al. (2009). Like Saron and
Shaver (2006), Goodall, Trejnowska, and Darling (2012) used the FFMQ, finding
significant negative correlations between avoidance and three of the factors
(describing/labelling, acting with awareness, and non-judging of experience), and
between anxiety and the same three factors as well as a fourth (non-reactivity).
There is promising evidence, then, that mindfulness and attachment are linked,
but it is also clear that the nature of this relationship is not a straightforward one: In
two studies, Pepping, Davis, and O’Donovan (2015) found no change in state
attachment security after manipulating state mindfulness, and vice versa. To shed
more light on the relationship between mindfulness and attachment, it is necessary to
examine some of the components that may be applicable to both; starting, in the
following section, with affect regulation.
20
![Page 21: epubs.surrey.ac.ukepubs.surrey.ac.uk/812369/1/E-thesis 6230279.docx · Web viewIndeed, the word ‘anchor’ has been used to refer to both mindful awareness (Brown, Marquis, &](https://reader035.vdocuments.mx/reader035/viewer/2022081514/5a7123887f8b9ac0538c9d3b/html5/thumbnails/21.jpg)
Affect regulation
An important area in which insecurely attached children and adults diverge from their
secure counterparts is affect regulation, by which is meant identification of the
emotional significance of a stimulus, production of an affective response, and
regulation of this affective state (including ‘switching off’ the response) (Phillips,
Drevets, Rauch, & Lane, 2003). Optimal development of brain areas such as the pre-
frontal cortex (responsible for executive function, including the moderation of social
behaviour), the insula and amygdala (linked to emotional response), and the
hypothalamic-pituitary-adrenal (HPA) axis (responsible for the release of the stress
hormone cortisol), depend on the quality of early caregiving (Fox & Hane, 2008).
Insecure attachment influences affect regulation in divergent ways depending
on the nature of the attachment style. People who score highly on attachment anxiety
tend to display hypervigilance – under-regulation of affect and heightened sensitivity
to attachment-related cues (Mikulincer and Shaver, 2003). This can lead to higher
levels of depression and anxiety in children (Brown & Whiteside, 2008), adolescents
(Lee & Hankin, 2009), and adults (Fraley, Niedenthal, Marks, Brumbaugh, & Vicary,
2006). Those who score highly on attachment avoidance incline towards over-
regulation of affect. Such a strategy is learned early in life when the child finds that
expressing feelings does not increase proximity with the caregiver, and inhibiting
them reduces parental rejection (Mikulincer & Shaver, 2007). Avoidant children and
adolescents will refrain from seeking help from others (Booth-LaForce, Rubin, Rose-
Krasnor, & Burgess, 2006; Scharf, Mayseless, & Kivenson-Baron, 2004), while
avoidant adults display poor insight into their own emotional processes (Howe, 2011).
There is also substantial evidence suggesting that trait mindfulness is
positively correlated with the capacity to successfully regulate one’s emotions.
Erisman, Salters-Pednault, and Roemer (cited in Chambers, Gullone, & Allen, 2009)
found a significant correlation between self-reported levels of mindfulness and scores
on the Difficulties in Emotion Regulation Scale (DERS; Gratz & Roemer, 2004).
Mindfulness-based interventions may also positively influence affect regulation.
Campbell-Sills, Barlow, Brown, and Hoffman (2006) investigated the effects of
21
![Page 22: epubs.surrey.ac.ukepubs.surrey.ac.uk/812369/1/E-thesis 6230279.docx · Web viewIndeed, the word ‘anchor’ has been used to refer to both mindful awareness (Brown, Marquis, &](https://reader035.vdocuments.mx/reader035/viewer/2022081514/5a7123887f8b9ac0538c9d3b/html5/thumbnails/22.jpg)
acceptance versus suppression of emotions among patients with mood or anxiety
disorders. Participants were instructed to either accept or reject their emotions while
viewing an emotion-provoking film, and were measured on heart rate response and a
self-report measure of distress. The two groups reported a similar level of distress in
response to the film, but the acceptance group registered a lower heart rate and
reported lower levels of distress in the post-stimulus recovery period.
Working with a non-clinical sample, Arch and Craske (2006) used a 15-minute
breathing exercise to induce a state of mindfulness in one group of participants, with
other groups receiving 15-minute unfocused attention and worrying inductions.
Participants were then shown affectively valenced picture slides, and were measured
on emotional response (using a self-report scale), autonomic response (using a
measurement of heart rate), and avoidance behaviour (by measuring how long each
participant viewed aversive images). Those in the focused breathing group reported
lower emotional reactivity than the worry group, and significantly greater willingness
to view negative stimuli than the unfocused attention group.
More recent studies (Kumar, Feldman, & Hayes, 2008; Goldin & Gross, 2010)
have confirmed the potential for mindfulness interventions to positively influence
affect regulation. The role of attentional control appears to be key. Research has
suggested that the link between attachment style and emotion regulation is mediated
via attentional processes (Roemer et al., 2009; Walsh et al., 2009). Specifically, it is
the present-moment attention prescribed by mindfulness, characterised by an attitude
of openness and acceptance, that is found to reduce levels of anxiety and negative
affect (Hayes & Feldman, 2004). The next section will look at how attentional
processes are shaped by early attachment experiences, and will also discuss the
conceptual and empirical links with mindfulness.
The role of attention
According to Fonagy (2001), a person’s capacity for directing their attention towards
a particular (internal or external) object is shaped during early childhood, when the
primary caregiver engages with the child by diverting his attention from one thing to
another. Over time, the child internalises this process; in effect, the caregiver is
22
![Page 23: epubs.surrey.ac.ukepubs.surrey.ac.uk/812369/1/E-thesis 6230279.docx · Web viewIndeed, the word ‘anchor’ has been used to refer to both mindful awareness (Brown, Marquis, &](https://reader035.vdocuments.mx/reader035/viewer/2022081514/5a7123887f8b9ac0538c9d3b/html5/thumbnails/23.jpg)
modelling attentional control. Such an ability has implications for mental wellbeing (a
person who is aware of his attentional processes, and able to influence them, is less
likely to be overwhelmed by unwelcome thoughts or memories) and for social
functioning (someone who is attentive to the emotions and cognitions of others is
likely to enjoy more successful relationships). This is borne out by studies that have
found negative associations between trait anxiety and attentional control (Derryberry
& Reed, 2002; Eysenck, Derakshan, Santos, & Calvo, 2007).
The link between attention and attachment has been explored in empirical
studies. Walsh et al. (2009) found significant positive correlations between attentional
control and parental nurturance, on both the father’s and the mother’s side.
Attachment anxiety is associated with cognitive inflexibility and difficulties in
regulating and directing attention: Anxiously-attached individuals encounter
difficulties in directing attention away from attachment-related stimuli (Mikulincer,
Gillath, & Shaver, 2002), and find it difficult to disengage from emotionally
significant cognitions and memories (Mikulincer & Orbach, 1995). This can have
adverse consequences on emotional wellbeing – for instance, attachment insecurity
has been linked to excessive rumination (Mikulincer & Shaver, 2003; Pearson,
Watkins, Mullan, & Moberly, 2010).
Those with an avoidant attachment style, conversely, demonstrate good
cognitive flexibility. This may be due to the hypothesised ‘deactivation’ of the
attachment system that is characteristic of the avoidant style (Howe, 2011), and can be
reversed through an experimentally induced activation of the attachment system
(Gillath, Giesbrecht, & Shaver, 2009).
Research has indicated that attention is a core feature of mindfulness. Bishop
et al. (2004) identified mindfulness as a process of regulating attention to bring
awareness to current experience, while the MAAS (Brown & Ryan, 2003) has
attention/awareness as its underlying factor. Teasdale, Segal, and Williams (1995), in
an early attempt to combine cognitive therapy with mindfulness, used ‘attentional
control’ as a synonym for mindfulness.
The relationship between mindfulness and attention has two important
dimensions. Firstly, mindfulness is associated with sharpened attention and cognitive
flexibility (Slagter et al., 2007; Lutz, Slagter, Dunne, & Davidson, 2008; Woodruff et
al., 2013). Secondly, mindful practice encourages the individual to direct attention to
23
![Page 24: epubs.surrey.ac.ukepubs.surrey.ac.uk/812369/1/E-thesis 6230279.docx · Web viewIndeed, the word ‘anchor’ has been used to refer to both mindful awareness (Brown, Marquis, &](https://reader035.vdocuments.mx/reader035/viewer/2022081514/5a7123887f8b9ac0538c9d3b/html5/thumbnails/24.jpg)
uncomfortable or unpleasant stimuli, while withholding judgement on the valence of
these stimuli; this is what Epstein (1995) terms ‘bare attention’. In consequence,
mindfulness is associated with lower experiential avoidance (Kumar et al., 2008), and
an increased ability to sustain attention (Tang et al., 2007; Chambers, Lo, & Allen,
2008). It was previously thought that these improvements in attentional control only
occur in experienced meditators, but more recent studies have noted similar outcomes
even after short mindfulness interventions (Zeidan, Johnson, Diamond, David, &
Goolkasian, 2010; Teper & Inzlicht, 2013).
These studies, however, did not include long-term follow-up, and a recent,
longitudinal study provides a counterpoint to some of the studies listed above.
MacCoon, MacLean, Davidson, Saron, and Lutz (2014) compared participants in the
MBSR program with a control group in a health enhancement program, and found no
significant difference in sustained attentional ability. Further research is needed in
order to judge whether mindfulness can increase attentional control, but it is possible
that the salient factor is not the degree of attention, but the experiential quality of this
attention – it could be argued that bringing attention to present moment phenomena
does not constitute a mindful act if it is not carried out in a spirit of acceptance.
This section and the previous section have discussed two psychological
phenomena, affect regulation and attention, that are implicated in both attachment
processes and mindfulness. The following section offers some tentative observations
about the neural activity that might be involved in these phenomena, and about the
ways in which mindfulness might help an individual to regulate emotion and attention,
with reference to neurobiological studies.
Neural correlates of mindfulness and attachment
There is significant overlap between the processes of attention and affect regulation,
and it is likely that they are linked in a feedback loop: Greater capacity for directing
attention facilitates affect regulation, while those with low ability to regulate their
emotions find it harder to maintain control over attentional processes. Furthermore,
many of the same brain regions are implicated in both attention and emotion
regulation (Davidson and Irwin, 1999). Such areas are linked to both attachment
24
![Page 25: epubs.surrey.ac.ukepubs.surrey.ac.uk/812369/1/E-thesis 6230279.docx · Web viewIndeed, the word ‘anchor’ has been used to refer to both mindful awareness (Brown, Marquis, &](https://reader035.vdocuments.mx/reader035/viewer/2022081514/5a7123887f8b9ac0538c9d3b/html5/thumbnails/25.jpg)
processes and mindfulness – for example, parental communication in the early years
impacts the child’s pre-frontal cortex, an area that governs self-awareness, attention,
and emotional communication (Siegel & Hartzell, 2003).
Schore (2001a, 2001b) has investigated the neurobiological consequences of
secure and insecure attachment in childhood by contrasting the neurobiology of a
securely attached infant with that of an infant with a disorganised attachment style. A
particular area of interest is right brain development, for the reason that the right brain
(specifically the right amygdala and right insula) has been implicated in emotion and
stress regulatory systems, notably the HPA axis (Buck, 1994). The brain of an infant
who experiences significant attachment disruptions on a frequent basis, without
reparative action from a caregiver, is exposed to chronically elevated levels of
glucocorticoids such as cortisol. These can reach neurotoxic levels and damage cells
in those areas responsible for regulating affect, leading to long-term deficiency in
psychological functioning (Schore, 2001b).
By contrast, infants with a secure attachment demonstrate greater functioning
in areas such as the orbitofrontal cortex, where cognitions and emotions are integrated
and which allows the growing child to become attuned to her changing environment
and respond appropriately to external and internal stimuli (Schore, 2001a). Similarly,
higher levels of mindfulness have been linked to higher grey matter volume in the
right insula and right parahippocampal gyrus (Murakami, Nakao, Matsunaga, &
Ohira, 2009), reduced activity in the amygdala (Goldin & Gross, 2010) and insula
(Paul, Stanton, Greeson, Smoski, & Wang, 2013), and increased activity in brain areas
associated with attentional processes (Goldin & Gross, 2010). Lazar et al. (2005)
found that mindfulness meditation leads to increased cortical thickness in areas that
are responsible for empathy and self-observation, and a recent study by Lutz et al.
(2014) suggested that even a short mindfulness intervention can attenuate activation of
the amygdala and parahippocampal gyrus during exposure to negative stimuli.
For healthy development of those brain areas responsible for emotion
regulation, an enriching environment in early childhood is important. Right-brain
development in the cortex and sub-cortex is linked with early attachment experiences
(Ryan, Kuhl, & Deci, 1997), while epigenetic studies of rodents have shown the
importance of maternal licking and grooming, which can lower cortisol levels in
offspring (Weaver et al., 2004). Mindfulness has also been shown to attenuate levels
25
![Page 26: epubs.surrey.ac.ukepubs.surrey.ac.uk/812369/1/E-thesis 6230279.docx · Web viewIndeed, the word ‘anchor’ has been used to refer to both mindful awareness (Brown, Marquis, &](https://reader035.vdocuments.mx/reader035/viewer/2022081514/5a7123887f8b9ac0538c9d3b/html5/thumbnails/26.jpg)
of cortisol – participation in the MBSR program has been found to lower cortisol
levels, during the program itself and at 6 and 12-month follow-up (Carlson, Speca,
Patel, & Goodey, 2004; Carlson, Speca, Faris, & Patel, 2007; Matousek, Dobkin, &
Pruessner, 2010).
Creswell, Way, Eisenberger, and Lieberman (2007) examined the neural
mechanisms associated with attention and affect regulation by measuring brain
activity in the amygdala (associated with emotional processing) and the prefrontal
cortex (responsible for executive function) of participants as they viewed emotionally
threatening images and carried out a stimulus labelling task. Those who scored higher
on the MAAS were less reactive to the threatening stimuli, as indicated by a lower
bilateral amygdala response and greater activity in the prefrontal cortex (specifically
the dorso-medial, left and right ventrolateral, medial, and right dorsolateral areas),
with a strong inverse association between activation of those areas and the right
amygdala. The authors of the study concluded that those with higher trait mindfulness
might be able to regulate emotions more effectively through greater inhibition of
amygdala responses by the prefrontal cortex. These findings have been supported by a
study of generalized anxiety disorder patients by Hölzel et al. (2013) who measured
activity in the prefrontal cortex and amygdala before and after mindfulness training.
A final consideration is that of neural plasticity. During early childhood there
is a critical phase in which the brain undergoes significant changes, including
neurogenesis, synaptic pruning, and synaptic growth at a greater rate than during later
life. For optimal brain development during this period, caregiver-child attachment is
vital (Joseph, 1999; Sable, 2007). Deprived of loving, attentive contact, the infant
brain is unlikely to develop to its potential (the case of the Romanian orphans (e.g.
Kaler & Freeman, 1994) is often cited as an example of this phenomenon). There is a
body of evidence to suggest that, among adults, mindfulness practice can promote
neuroplasticity (Davidson et al., 2003; Siegel, 2007). Pronounced changes have been
found in areas associated with attention and emotion regulation (Gray, Braver, &
Raichle, 2002; Lazar et al., 2005). Such findings point to the potential benefits of
mindfulness as an intervention for insecurely-attached individuals.
Having thus far focused largely on quantitative findings, this review will now
turn to the qualitative data that are available on the subject of mindfulness and its
proposed links with interpersonal phenomena.
26
![Page 27: epubs.surrey.ac.ukepubs.surrey.ac.uk/812369/1/E-thesis 6230279.docx · Web viewIndeed, the word ‘anchor’ has been used to refer to both mindful awareness (Brown, Marquis, &](https://reader035.vdocuments.mx/reader035/viewer/2022081514/5a7123887f8b9ac0538c9d3b/html5/thumbnails/27.jpg)
Qualitative studies
In a qualitative study of an MBCT intervention, (Allen, Bromley, Kuyken, &
Sonnenberg, 2009), ‘relationships’ was one of four themes that emerged during
thematic analysis. Participants reported greater emotional closeness with their friends
and family, better communication, and increased empathy. Other themes were
‘acceptance’, which can be linked conceptually to affect regulation, ‘control’, which
relates to awareness and attention, and ‘struggle’, which refers to the process of
engaging with the program.
Improved interpersonal functioning was also reported by 16-24 year olds in a
study of a non-clinical sample by Monshat et al. (2012). Participants’ experience of a
six-week mindfulness training program was organised by the researchers into three
phases, beginning with their initial distressed emotional state, progressing through a
stage in which they began to gain stability, and finally reaching a third stage in which
they reported greater clarity of mind and greater understanding of self and others.
Participants in a study of the interpersonal effects of MBCT reported a
sharpened awareness of their tendency to react to internal and external triggers in
social interactions. This increased awareness allowed them to avoid responding in
habitual ways in favour of a more mindful response attuned to the specifics of the
situation, with a concomitant improvement in communication skills. Some
participants also reported that the program helped them to be more empathic;
specifically, they said that when helping others in distress, they were able to ‘be with’
them rather than to immediately look for solutions (Bihari & Mullan, 2014).
Daly and Mallinckrodt (2009) used a grounded theory approach to study how
experienced therapists engage with clients with attachment anxiety or avoidance. One
point of consensus between all 12 therapists was that clients with attachment-related
issues tend to require a greater number of sessions to achieve therapeutic change.
Some of the therapists suggested that some degree of self-disclosure (related to
feelings about the therapeutic process rather than autobiographical details) might be
appropriate for highly anxious clients, to avert clients’ fear that the therapist is
withholding and cannot be trusted. Consistency was also highly prized, as was the
27
![Page 28: epubs.surrey.ac.ukepubs.surrey.ac.uk/812369/1/E-thesis 6230279.docx · Web viewIndeed, the word ‘anchor’ has been used to refer to both mindful awareness (Brown, Marquis, &](https://reader035.vdocuments.mx/reader035/viewer/2022081514/5a7123887f8b9ac0538c9d3b/html5/thumbnails/28.jpg)
need to discuss termination of therapy from an early stage. Among the strategies
employed by therapists with insecure attachment patterns was to use language as a
way of modulating the client’s affect regulation mechanisms, either through
upregulation (for anxious clients) or downregulation (for avoidant clients).
The qualitative data, although scant, does appear to lend support to the
findings of quantitative studies in that attention, affect regulation, and interpersonal
functioning are all prominent themes. Across the studies, participants reported greater
self-understanding, which led to greater understanding of others and improved
interpersonal relationships. If mindfulness can be employed as a way of improving
interpersonal relationships, then it stands to reason that there may be potential benefits
for the therapeutic relationship; these will now be discussed.
Implications for therapeutic outcome
Research has increasingly suggested that the relationship between therapist and client
is the most influential factor in determining outcome of therapy (Cooper, 2008).
Furthermore, Clarkson (2003) describes the ‘developmentally needed’ or ‘reparative’
relationship between therapist and client, which is needed when a client has been
subject to childhood trauma, strain, or neglect, leading to breakdown in trust (or
failure of trust to develop) in others – or in other words, insecure attachment.
The therapeutic relationship has been figured in terms of an attachment
relationship (Bowlby, 1988; Mallinckrodt, 2010), in that the therapist attempts to
provide a secure base for the client’s self-exploration. The Client Attachment to
Therapist Scale (CATS; Mallinckrodt, Gantt, & Coble, 1995) was conceived as a way
of exploring this conceptual link, and consists of three subscales that map closely onto
existing classifications of adult attachment: Secure, avoidant-fearful, and preoccupied-
merger. Using this scale, the security of client attachment to therapist has been
positively linked with depth of exploration during therapy (Mallinckrodt, Porter, &
Kivlighan, 2005).
However, we might expect less securely attached individuals to find it more
difficult to enter into an alliance with the therapist, which might prove a barrier to
successful outcome of therapy (Horvath & Bedi, 2002). The literature tends to support
28
![Page 29: epubs.surrey.ac.ukepubs.surrey.ac.uk/812369/1/E-thesis 6230279.docx · Web viewIndeed, the word ‘anchor’ has been used to refer to both mindful awareness (Brown, Marquis, &](https://reader035.vdocuments.mx/reader035/viewer/2022081514/5a7123887f8b9ac0538c9d3b/html5/thumbnails/29.jpg)
this notion (Kivlighan, Patton, & Foote, 1998; Eames & Roth, 2000). Daniel (2006)
states that, for insecurely attached clients, a large proportion of the therapy must be
dedicated to modifying internal working models of interpersonal relating. Given the
pro-social benefits of mindfulness, one potential way of doing so may be to employ
mindfulness-based interventions aimed at encouraging trust in others. Additionally,
the therapist can model a trusting, nonjudgemental approach when thinking about
interpersonal relations – Bowlby (1988, p.140) compared the role of the therapist to
that of a mother providing a secure base for her child to explore the world.
In terms of therapeutic outcome, several studies have explored the potential
effects of client attachment style. Meyer, Pilkonis, Proietti, Heape, and Egan (2001)
conducted interviews at the start of treatment (psychotherapy, pharmacotherapy, or
both), with 149 patients who had been diagnosed with personality disorders, with
follow-up interviews 6 and 12 months later. Secure attachment predicted relatively
better improvement in functioning and symptomatology after 6 months. Mosheim et
al. (2000), in a study of short-term (7 weeks) therapy with inpatients diagnosed with
mood disorders, anxiety disorders, and eating disorders, found that participants rated
as securely attached showed a bigger improvement than non-secure participants. In
contrast, Fonagy et al. (1996) did not find a strong link between attachment style and
outcome of therapy. In a study of 82 individuals who had been diagnosed with
personality and mood disorders and underwent psychoanalytic treatment, results were
inconclusive, although the group classified as insecure-dismissive showed greatest
relative improvement in symptoms.
Another consideration is the attachment style of the therapist, which can
impact both positively and negatively on the therapeutic relationship. Rubino, Barker,
Roth, and Fearon (2000) measured therapist attachment style on the dimensions of
anxiety and avoidance, and found that those high in anxiety responded less
empathically to ruptures within the therapeutic alliance. The authors suggested that
this might be a result of such ruptures being interpreted by the anxious therapist as
indicators of the client’s wish to leave therapy. Other studies are inconclusive on the
relationship between therapist attachment style and efficacy of therapy (Dunkle &
Friedlander, 1996; Sauer, Lopez, & Gormley, 2003).
Two recent studies have directed attention to the interaction between therapist
and client attachment styles. Marmarosh et al. (2014) measured attachment style of
29
![Page 30: epubs.surrey.ac.ukepubs.surrey.ac.uk/812369/1/E-thesis 6230279.docx · Web viewIndeed, the word ‘anchor’ has been used to refer to both mindful awareness (Brown, Marquis, &](https://reader035.vdocuments.mx/reader035/viewer/2022081514/5a7123887f8b9ac0538c9d3b/html5/thumbnails/30.jpg)
therapist and client in 46 dyads, as well as their respective ratings of the therapeutic
alliance. No direct effects of attachment style were found, but the authors did note an
interaction on the dimension of anxiety, in that the highest ratings of alliance were
found among dyads whose levels of attachment anxiety contrasted. Such a finding
supports the notion that contrasting relational styles between therapist and client are
beneficial for the outcome of therapy (Bernier & Dozier, 2002), perhaps because it
lessens the likelihood of collusion (Eagle & Wolitzky, 2009) or because contrasting
styles complement each other by enabling an ‘optimum’ level of expressed emotion in
sessions. By contrast, Wiseman and Tishby (2014) found that similar attachment
styles promote positive therapeutic outcome, but only when both are low in avoidance
– suggesting that this is less an effect of matching than of low avoidance being
beneficial for the process of psychological exploration and relationship building.
With the growing popularity of mindfulness in the field, mindfulness-based
interventions have been proposed as a way for mental health professionals to increase
wellbeing and increase mindful awareness (Ruths et al., 2012), and reduce the risk of
burnout (Di Benedetto & Swadling, 2014). In a study of experienced emotions during
helping behaviour, present-moment attention and nonjudgemental acceptance
predicted, respectively, an increase in positive emotions and a decrease in negative
emotions (Cameron & Fredrickson, 2015). However, there are few studies on the
relevance of mindfulness to the therapeutic relationship, despite a book by Hick and
Bien (2008), and a more recent review by Brito (2014), urging more research in this
area.
Some of the most robust evidence of mindfulness as a clinical intervention
comes from meta-analyses of MBCT (e.g. Piet & Hougaard, 2011) and MBSR (e.g.
Klainin-Yobas, Cho, & Creedy, 2012) interventions. However, both programs contain
multiple components, such as group discussion, psychoeducation, cognitive-
behavioral formulation of distress, and various mindfulness exercises. The evidence is
still unclear as to the ‘active ingredient’ of such interventions (Fjorback et al., 2011;
Metcalf & Dimidjian, 2014). This has implications for the introduction of mindfulness
into an individual therapy context, as some of the observed benefits of the MBCT and
MBSR programs may be specific to the context of the program.
Research that unpacks these interventions, to find out which elements are
therapeutic, could also have an indirect benefit for therapists using mindfulness in
30
![Page 31: epubs.surrey.ac.ukepubs.surrey.ac.uk/812369/1/E-thesis 6230279.docx · Web viewIndeed, the word ‘anchor’ has been used to refer to both mindful awareness (Brown, Marquis, &](https://reader035.vdocuments.mx/reader035/viewer/2022081514/5a7123887f8b9ac0538c9d3b/html5/thumbnails/31.jpg)
individual therapy. The following, penultimate, section of this literature review draws
parallels between therapists and caregivers, in a discussion of how mindfulness (and,
potentially, greater attachment security) may be passed on from one human being to
another.
Transmission of mindfulness
Similarities between the roles of therapist and caregiver can be seen in Meins’ (1999)
concept of ‘mind-mindedness’. Parents who display a high level of mind-mindedness
are interested in their children’s emotional and cognitive world, and are able to discuss
thoughts and feelings with them. They also encourage their children to reflect on the
mental world of others, assisting them in this way with their burgeoning theory of
mind. Ultimately this helps children to regulate their own emotions, and understand
the emotions of others, and could explain how attachment style is passed on from
parent to child.
Fonagy (1996, 2000, 2001) discusses similar processes in his work on
mentalization. A recurrent theme in the literature on mindfulness is that self-
awareness, self-attunement, and empathy for the self foster awareness of, attunement
with, and empathy for others. This is the also the basis of mentalization, defined as
‘keeping one’s own state, desires, and goals in mind as one addresses one’s own
experience; and keeping another’s state, desires, and goals in mind as one interprets
his or her behaviour.’ (Coates, 2006, p.xv) A person who is adept at using these
intrapersonal and interpersonal skills is said to be high in ‘reflective functioning’.
There is a significant conceptual overlap between mentalization and
mindfulness, which are both concerned with purposive attending to mental states,
awareness, and emotion regulation. The difference, according to Allen (2006, p.15), is
that while mindfulness is rooted in present-moment awareness of ‘what is there’ for
the individual, mentalization can relate to past and future mental states, in the self or
in others. The distinction appears to be slight, and perhaps it lies in the focus of
change. Where mindfulness entails changing the meaning of experiential phenomena,
mentalization may involve explicit attempts to change the content of these
phenomena.
31
![Page 32: epubs.surrey.ac.ukepubs.surrey.ac.uk/812369/1/E-thesis 6230279.docx · Web viewIndeed, the word ‘anchor’ has been used to refer to both mindful awareness (Brown, Marquis, &](https://reader035.vdocuments.mx/reader035/viewer/2022081514/5a7123887f8b9ac0538c9d3b/html5/thumbnails/32.jpg)
A securely attached parent will be high in reflective functioning, and through
the awareness and interest that she shows in her parenting, will act as a model for her
child, who is therefore more likely to develop good reflective functioning and secure
attachment. Successful caregivers interact with their children on an emotional level,
mirroring the emotion that the child is experiencing. This is key to the child’s nascent
understanding of her emotional life. There is also evidence that mothers interact with
their children in a similar way to how their own mothers interacted with them. In this
way, attachment style can be ‘inherited’ – a meta-analysis of 854 parent-child dyads
found a correlation of .47 between parent and child (Van Ijzendoorn & Bakermans-
Kranenburg, 1997).
When a parent fails to display this kind of empathic mirroring, the child risks
impairment in her emotional and social development. Fonagy, Gergely, Jurist, and
Target (2002) refer to this process as ‘affect mirroring’. We can also draw a link to
psychotherapy, in which empathy is a kind of affect mirroring. Gerhardt says of the
psychological interaction between parent and infant that, ‘my carer shows me my
feelings’ (Gerhardt, 2004, cited in Howe, 2011, p.28). Accurate reflection of feelings
and cognitions is a core therapeutic skill.
If the therapist succeeds in providing a secure base, through accurate
reflection, empathy, positive regard, and congruent interest in the client’s growth, then
this may also facilitate, on the part of the client, greater willingness to explore difficult
emotions, cognitions, and memories, which has been linked to higher levels of
mindfulness. For instance, Heeren, Van Broeck, and Philippot (2009) administered an
MBCT intervention and took ‘before’ and ‘after’ ratings on a number of cognitive
measures. It was found that mindfulness increased specificity of autobiographical
memory (replicating the findings of an earlier study by Williams, Teasdale, Segal and
Soulsby (2000) on a sample of depressed patients) and cognitive flexibility. This is
particularly instructive for psychologists working within a cognitive-behavioural
framework, which places an emphasis on cognitive distortions such as over-
generalisation, catastrophising, and all-or-nothing thinking (Wilding & Milne, 2010).
32
![Page 33: epubs.surrey.ac.ukepubs.surrey.ac.uk/812369/1/E-thesis 6230279.docx · Web viewIndeed, the word ‘anchor’ has been used to refer to both mindful awareness (Brown, Marquis, &](https://reader035.vdocuments.mx/reader035/viewer/2022081514/5a7123887f8b9ac0538c9d3b/html5/thumbnails/33.jpg)
Summary and conclusions
What is clear from the literature is that insecurely attached people are more likely to
be diagnosed with mood disorders and personality disorders, and generally display a
lower level of psychological and social functioning than securely attached people. But
they also appear less likely to benefit from psychological therapy than are secure
individuals (although further studies are needed to confirm this). In a situation where
the people who are in most need of an intervention are the same people who are least
likely to respond well to that intervention, there is a problem. What, then, can be
done?
The good news is that, although attachment style is established early in
childhood, and tends to remain consistent throughout the lifespan (Howe, 2011), it
does not inevitably remain the same. For instance, a person who displayed secure
attachment behaviour in childhood can lose this attachment security following
experiences of loss or abandonment. Similarly, an insecurely attached child may
become a securely-attached adult, through the support of reliable, available, and
loving interpersonal relationships. Such individuals are referred to within the literature
as having ‘earned’ attachment security (Siegel & Hartzell, 2003)
We have seen that caregiver-child interactions help children to develop
awareness of their own and of others’ emotional states, psychological motivations,
and behaviour. The same process occurs in the relationship between therapist and
client; therefore teaching mindfulness skills to therapists could be a way of improving
therapeutic outcome (Wallin, 2007; Bruce, Manber, Shapiro, & Constantino, 2010;
Brito, 2014), even if these skills are not passed on explicitly in the course of the
therapy. Perhaps, given enough time, and through collaboration with a skilled
therapist, an insecurely attached client could earn attachment security.
An obstacle here is the element of time. Secure attachment does not develop
quickly: Hazan and Zeifman (1994) note that, among adult romantic couples, it can
take up to two years for partners to use each other as a secure base. And if the
individual is avoidant in his attachment, further complications will arise in that he will
feel less able to place the trust in the therapist necessary for positive psychological
change. Furthermore, it might be questioned whether there is any value in focusing on
trying to change attachment style. After all, attachment classifications are a construct,
33
![Page 34: epubs.surrey.ac.ukepubs.surrey.ac.uk/812369/1/E-thesis 6230279.docx · Web viewIndeed, the word ‘anchor’ has been used to refer to both mindful awareness (Brown, Marquis, &](https://reader035.vdocuments.mx/reader035/viewer/2022081514/5a7123887f8b9ac0538c9d3b/html5/thumbnails/34.jpg)
and their utility lies in their ability to describe patterns of behaviour, affect regulation,
and cognitive style. These are the elements that affect an individual’s wellbeing and
day to day functioning, not whether they ‘belong’ to a certain style of attachment per
se. Attempts to increase attachment security, then, have increasingly focused on the
underlying change mechanisms that have been discussed in this review, specifically
affect regulation (Wei, Vogel, Ku, & Zakalik, 2005), and attention and cognitive
control (Gillath et al., 2009). As discussed, these are also processes associated with
mindfulness, and it has been suggested that mindfulness and attachment phenomena
function in a feedback loop – interpersonal attunement may help an individual to
access her internal world more readily, which in turn will lead to improved
interpersonal relating (Siegel, 2007).
The relationship between mindfulness and attachment is a relatively new area
of study, and there are several limitations present in the existing data. Many studies
are correlational, and so it is difficult to ascertain direction of influence, or whether, as
suggested above, there is a bi-directional influence. It should also be noted that many
studies of mindfulness interventions reporting large effect sizes did not use active
control groups, with most using single-group pretest-posttest quasi-experimental
designs. When controls are introduced, reported outcomes are less pronounced. A
meta-analysis of RCTs by Goyal et al. (2014) found moderate effect sizes for
depression (Cohen’s d = 0.3) and anxiety (d = 0.38) after eight-week mindfulness
interventions (dropping to 0.23 and 0.22, respectively, at 3-6 months follow-up).
Nevertheless, the authors point out that these effect sizes are comparable with those
found by studies of anti-depressant treatment in primary care.
The majority of studies also rely on self-report measures, which may not be the
most effective measure of mindfulness and attachment. Studies that use more
‘objective’ outcome measures, meanwhile, are also problematic, in that methods of
measuring processes such as attentional control or emotion regulation often appear to
lack ecological validity. Additionally, most studies using a mindfulness intervention
do not include long-term follow-up and therefore cannot indicate whether lasting
changes have been achieved. This is a particular problem for the investigation of
mindfulness, as it is stated repeatedly within the literature that mindfulness is
cultivated over time, through commitment to living in a mindful way (Kabat-Zinn,
2016) – either by maintaining a formal meditation regimen or by focusing one’s
34
![Page 35: epubs.surrey.ac.ukepubs.surrey.ac.uk/812369/1/E-thesis 6230279.docx · Web viewIndeed, the word ‘anchor’ has been used to refer to both mindful awareness (Brown, Marquis, &](https://reader035.vdocuments.mx/reader035/viewer/2022081514/5a7123887f8b9ac0538c9d3b/html5/thumbnails/35.jpg)
efforts to perform daily tasks mindfully. There is also a lack of qualitative data within
the literature. A study of the interpersonal outcomes for participants in mindfulness
training, combining quantitative and qualitative methods, could be instructive as to
how such an intervention could lead to greater attachment security.
It may also be asked whether certain studies that claim to measure mindfulness
(or related phenomena) are actually doing so, or whether something else is occurring.
Many studies are decontextualised, and are removed from contexts that might be
relevant to the clinical application of mindfulness. Mindfulness is a multi-dimensional
construct, and there is no consensus on how it should be defined. For example, the
MAAS has a single underlying dimension of ‘open/receptive awareness and attention’
(Brown & Ryan, 2003), while others have several sub-scales. Because of this lack of
consensus, two different studies making claims about ‘mindfulness’ may in fact be
engaging with two discrete components (e.g. acceptance and ability to focus
attention). Methods of eliciting mindful states in participants are also sometimes
questionable. Campbell-Sills et al.’s (2006) instruction to participants to ‘accept’ or
‘suppress’ their emotions, for example, is at odds with the non-striving attitude of
mindfulness.
Equally, there are issues with laboratory studies of attachment: Does being
presented with names of attachment figures (Mikulincer et al., 2002), or thinking
about past close relationships (Gillath et al., 2009) really recreate the complexities of
human interpersonal relationships? This leads us to a more general point about
attachment classification, whose neatly defined categories lend themselves to
quantitative inquiry. In asserting that individuals can be observed or interviewed, and
on the basis of the results be assigned to a category (their ‘attachment style’), suggests
a positivist epistemology that has implications for clinical practice, particularly for the
counselling psychologist who may be more influenced by the humanist (we are
interested in the whole person), existentialist (we are interested in meaning), and
phenomenological (we are interested in the experience of the individual) traditions.
Attachment theory has much to tell us about human development and interaction, and
attachment styles are helpful when deployed on a heuristic basis… but they can also
tempt a practitioner into failing to meet the ‘whole person’, as required by the
counselling psychology tradition.
35
![Page 36: epubs.surrey.ac.ukepubs.surrey.ac.uk/812369/1/E-thesis 6230279.docx · Web viewIndeed, the word ‘anchor’ has been used to refer to both mindful awareness (Brown, Marquis, &](https://reader035.vdocuments.mx/reader035/viewer/2022081514/5a7123887f8b9ac0538c9d3b/html5/thumbnails/36.jpg)
An important consideration when evaluating the efficacy of mindfulness
interventions is that observed benefits of mindfulness appear to be linked to
expectancy factors. This is an issue for studies in which participants self-select to a
mindfulness condition; in such cases the findings can be generalised only to those who
are already interested in practising mindfulness and who presumably expect benefits
from doing so. Improved outcome is also associated with adherence to mindfulness
practice, with studies finding that time spent practising predicts positive outcome
(Speca, Carlson, Goodey, & Angen, 2000; Carlson, Ursuliak, Goodey, Angen, &
Speca, 2001). It may be that there is a direct link between positive expectations and
outcome, or that this is mediated by adherence to mindfulness practice; further
research is necessary to unpack the links between expectancy, adherence, and
outcome.
Further work, both quantitative and qualitative, is also needed to shed further
light on the mechanisms through which mindfulness interventions can improve
interpersonal relationships of all types. In terms of relevance to counselling
psychology, the most pertinent relationship might be that between therapist and client.
Increasing knowledge of how mindfulness can be applied within a therapeutic context,
in the service of increasing attachment security, improving interpersonal functioning,
or enhancing the work of therapy, could potentially be of great value to the field.
36
![Page 37: epubs.surrey.ac.ukepubs.surrey.ac.uk/812369/1/E-thesis 6230279.docx · Web viewIndeed, the word ‘anchor’ has been used to refer to both mindful awareness (Brown, Marquis, &](https://reader035.vdocuments.mx/reader035/viewer/2022081514/5a7123887f8b9ac0538c9d3b/html5/thumbnails/37.jpg)
Acknowledgements
The author wishes to thank his supervisors, Riccardo Draghi-Lorenz and Linda Morison, for their support and input.
Conflict of Interest
The author declares that he has no conflict of interest.
References
Ainsworth, M., Blehar, M., Waters, E., & Wall, S. (1978). A psychological study of the strange situation. Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum. Allen, J. G. (2006). Mentalizing in practice. In J. G. Allen & P. Fonagy (Eds.), Handbook of mentalization-based treatment (pp.3-30). Chichester: John Wiley & Sons.Allen, M., Bromley, A., Kuyken, W., & Sonnenberg, S. J. (2009). Participants’ experiences of mindfulness-based cognitive therapy: “It changed me in just about every way possible”. Behavioural and Cognitive Psychotherapy, 37, 413-430. Arch, J. J., & Craske, M. G. (2006). Mechanisms of mindfulness: Emotion regulation following a focused breathing induction. Behaviour Research and Therapy, 44, 1849-1858. Baer, R. A. (2003). Mindfulness training as a clinical intervention: A conceptual and empirical review. Clinical Psychology: Science and Practice, 10, 125-143.Baer, R. A., Smith, G. T. & Allen, K. B. (2004). Assessment of mindfulness by self-report: The Kentucky Inventory of Mindfulness Skills. Assessment, 11, 191-206.Baer, R. A., Smith, G. T., Hopkins, J., Krietemeyer, J., & Toney, L. (2006). Using self-report assessment methods to explore facets of mindfulness. Assessment, 13, 27-45.Barnes, S., Brown, K. W., Krusemark, E., Campbell, K. W., & Rogge, R. D. (2007). The role of mindfulness in romantic relationship satisfaction and responses to relationship stress. Journal of Marital and Family Therapy, 33, 482-500.Bernier, A., & Dozier, M. (2002). The client-counselor match and the corrective emotional experience: Evidence from interpersonal and attachment research. Psychotherapy: Theory, research, practice, training, 39(1), 32-43. Bihari, J. L. N., & Mullan, E. G. (2014). Relating mindfully: A qualitative exploration of changes in relationships through mindfulness-based cognitive therapy. Mindfulness, 5(1), 46-59.
37
![Page 38: epubs.surrey.ac.ukepubs.surrey.ac.uk/812369/1/E-thesis 6230279.docx · Web viewIndeed, the word ‘anchor’ has been used to refer to both mindful awareness (Brown, Marquis, &](https://reader035.vdocuments.mx/reader035/viewer/2022081514/5a7123887f8b9ac0538c9d3b/html5/thumbnails/38.jpg)
Bishop, S. R., Lau, M., Shapiro, S., Carlson, L., Anderson, N. D., Carmody, J., et al. (2004). Mindfulness: A proposed operational definition. Clinical Psychology: Science and Practice, 11, 230-241.Block-Lerner, J., Adair, C., Plumb, J. C., Rhatigan, D. L., & Orsillo, S. M. (2007). The case for mindfulness-based approaches in the cultivation of empathy: Does nonjudgmental, present-moment awareness increase capacity for perspective-taking and empathic concern? Journal of Marital and Family Therapy, 33, 501-516. Bögels, S., & Restifo, K. (2015). Mindful parenting: A guide for mental health practitioners. New York: W. W. Norton & Company. Booth-LaForce, C., Rubin, K. H., Rose-Krasnor, L., & Burgess, K. (2006). Attachment and friendship predictors of psychosocial functioning in middle childhood and the mediating roles of social support and self-worth. In K. A. Kerns and R. A. Richardson (Eds.), Attachment in middle childhood (pp.161-188). New York: Guilford Press.Bowlby, J. (1958). The nature of the child’s tie to his mother. International Journal of Psycho-Analysis, 39, 350-73.Bowlby, J. (1969). Attachment and loss, Vol. 1: Attachment. New York: Basic Books. Bowlby, J. (1988). A secure base. New York: Basic Books.Brennan, K. A., Clark, C. L., & Shaver, P. R. (1998). Self-report measurement of adult romantic attachment: An integrative overview. In J. A. Simpson, & W. S. Rholes (Eds.), Attachment theory and close relationships (pp. 46-76). New York: Guilford Press.Brennan, K. A., & Shaver, P. R. (1995). Dimensions of adult attachment, affect regulation, and romantic relationship functioning. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 21, 267-283.Brito, G. (2014). Rethinking mindfulness in the therapeutic relationship. Mindfulness, 5(4), 351-9. Brown, A. P., Marquis, A., & Guiffrida, D. A. (2013). Journal of Counseling and Development, 91, 96-104.Brown, K. W. & Ryan, R. M. (2003). The benefits of being present: Mindfulness and its role in psychological well-being. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 84, 822-848.Brown, K. W., Ryan, R. M. & Creswell, J. D. (2007). Mindfulness: Theoretical foundations and evidence for its salutary effects. Psychological Inquiry, 18, 211-237.Brown, A. M., & Whiteside, S. P. (2008). Relations among perceived parental rearing behaviors, attachment style, and worry in anxious children. Anxiety Disorders, 22, 263-272.Brown, K. W., West, A. M., Loverich, T. M., & Biegel, G. M. (2011). Assessing adolescent mindfulness: Validation of an adapted Mindfulness Attention Awareness Scale in adolescent normative and psychiatric populations. Psychological Assessment, 23, 1023-1033. Bruce, N. G., Manber, R., Shapiro, S. L., & Constantino, M. J. (2010). Psychotherapist mindfulness and the psychotherapy process. Psychotherapy Theory, Research, Practice, Training, 47, 83-97.
38
![Page 39: epubs.surrey.ac.ukepubs.surrey.ac.uk/812369/1/E-thesis 6230279.docx · Web viewIndeed, the word ‘anchor’ has been used to refer to both mindful awareness (Brown, Marquis, &](https://reader035.vdocuments.mx/reader035/viewer/2022081514/5a7123887f8b9ac0538c9d3b/html5/thumbnails/39.jpg)
Buchheld, N., Grossman, P., & Walach, H. (2001). Measuring mindfulness in insight meditation (Vipassana) and meditation-based psychotherapy: The development of the Freiburg Mindfulness Inventory (FMI). Journal for Meditation and Meditation Research, 1, 11-34.Buck, R., (1994). The neuropsychology of communication: Spontaneous and symbolic aspects. Journal of Pragmatics, 22, 265-278.Burpee, L. C., & Langer, E. J. (2005). Mindfulness and marital satisfaction. Journal of Adult Development, 12, 43-51. Cameron, C. D., & Fredrickson, B. L. (2015). Mindfulness facets predict helping behavior and distinct helping-related emotions. Mindfulness. Retrieved from http://link.springer.com/article/10.1007/s12671-014-0383-2Campbell-Sills, L., Barlow, D. H., Brown, T. A., & Hofmann, S. G. (2006). Effects of suppression and acceptance on emotional responses of individuals with anxiety and mood disorders. Behaviour Research and Therapy, 44, 1251-1263.Carlson, L. E., Speca, M., Faris, P., Patel K. D. (2007). One year pre-post intervention follow-up of psychological, immune, endocrine and blood pressure outcomes of mindfulness-based stress reduction (MBSR) in breast and prostate cancer outpatients. Brain, Behaviour, and Immunity, 21, 1038-49.Carlson, L.E., Speca, M., Patel, K. D., & Goodey, E. (2004) Mindfulness-based stress reduction in relation to quality of life, mood, symptoms of stress and levels of cortisol, dehydroepiandrosterone sulfate (DHEAS) and melatonin in breast and prostate cancer outpatients. Psychoneuroendocrinology, 29, 448-74.Carlson, L. E., Ursuliak, Z., Goodey, E., Angen, M., & Speca, M. (2001). The effects of a mindfulness meditation-based stress program on mood and symptoms of stress in cancer outpatients: 6 month follow-up. Supportive Care in Cancer, 9, 112-123. Chadwick, P., Hember, M., Mead, S., Lilley, B., & Dagnan, D. (2005). Responding mindfully to unpleasant thoughts and images: Reliability and validity of the Mindfulness Questionnaire. Unpublished manuscript.Chambers, R., Gullone, E., & Allen, N. B. (2009). Mindful emotion regulation: An integrative review. Clinical Psychology Review, 29, 560-572.Chambers, R. H., Lo, B. C. Y., & Allen, N. A. (2008). The impact of intensive mindfulness training on attentional control, cognitive style, and affect. Cognitive Therapy and Research, 32, 303-322.Clarkson, P. (2003). The therapeutic relationship. London: Whurr.Coates, S. W. (2006). Foreword. In J. G. Allen & P. Fonagy (Eds.), Handbook of mentalization-based treatment (pp.xv-xvii). Chichester: John Wiley & Sons. Coatsworth, J. D., Duncan, L. G., Greenberg, M. T., & Nix, R. L. (2010). Changing parents’ mindfulness, child management skills and relationship quality with their youth: Results from a randomized pilot intervention trial. Journal of Child and Family Studies, 19, 203-217. Cooper, M. (2008). Essential research findings in counselling and psychotherapy. London: Sage.
39
![Page 40: epubs.surrey.ac.ukepubs.surrey.ac.uk/812369/1/E-thesis 6230279.docx · Web viewIndeed, the word ‘anchor’ has been used to refer to both mindful awareness (Brown, Marquis, &](https://reader035.vdocuments.mx/reader035/viewer/2022081514/5a7123887f8b9ac0538c9d3b/html5/thumbnails/40.jpg)
Creswell, J. D., Myers, H. F., Cole, S. W., & Irwin, M. R. (2009). Mindfulness meditation training effects on CD4+ T lymphocytes in HIV-1 infected adults: A small randomized controlled trial. Brain Behavior and Immunity, 23(2), 184-188.Creswell, J. D., Way, B. M., Eisenberger, N. I., & Lieberman, M. D. (2007). Neural correlates of dispositional mindfulness during affect labeling. Psychosomatic Medicine, 69, 560-565.Daly, K. D., & Mallinckrodt, B. (2009). Experienced therapists’ approach to psychotherapy for adults with attachment avoidance or attachment anxiety. Journal of Counseling Psychology, 56(4), 549-563. Daniel, S. I. F. (2006). Adult attachment patterns and individual psychotherapy: A review. Clinical Psychology Review, 26, 968-984. Davidson, R. J., & Irwin, W. (1999). The functional neuroanatomy of emotion and affective style. Trends in Cognitive Science, 3, 11-21.Davidson, R. J., Kabat-Zinn, J., Schumacher, J., Rosenkranz, M., Muller, D., Santorelli, S. F., Urbanowski, F., Harrington, A, Bonus, K., & Sheridan, J. F. (2003). Alterations in brain and immune function produced by mindfulness meditation. Psychosomatic Medicine, 65, 564-570. Dekeyser, M., Raes, F., Leijssen, M., Leysen, S., & Dewulf, D. (2008). Mindfulness skills and interpersonal behaviour. Personality and Individual Differences, 44, 1235-1245. Derryberry, D., & Reed, M. (2002). Anxiety-related attentional biases and their regulation by attentional control. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 111, 225-236.Deyo, M., Wilson, K. A., Ong, J., & Koopman, C. (2009). Mindfulness and rumination: Does mindfulness training lead to reductions in the ruminative thinking associated with depression? Explore, 5, 265-271.Di Benedetto, M., & Swadling, M. (2014). Burnout in Australian psychologists: Correlations with work-setting, mindfulness and self-care behaviours. Psychology, Health & Medicine, 19(6), 705-715. Dunkle, J. H., & Friedlander, M. L. (1996). Contribution of therapist experience and personal characteristics to the working alliance. Journal of Counseling Psychology, 43, 456-460.Eagle, M., & Wolitzky, D. L. (2009). Adult psychotherapy from the perspectives of attachment theory and psychoanalysis. In J. H. Obegi & E. Berant (Eds.), Attachment theory and research in clinical work with adults (pp.351-378). London: Guilford Press. Eames, V., & Roth, A. (2000). Patient attachment orientation and the early working alliance: A study of patient and therapist reports of alliance quality and ruptures. Psychotherapy Research, 10, 421-434. Epstein, M. (1995). Thoughts without a thinker: Psychotherapy from a Buddhist perspective. New York: Basic Books.Erisman, S. M., Salters-Pednault, K., & Roemer, L. (unpublished manuscript). Emotion regulation and mindfulness. Cited in Chambers, R., Gullone, E., & Allen, N. B. (2009). Mindful emotion regulation: An integrative review. Clinical Psychology Review, 29, 560-572.
40
![Page 41: epubs.surrey.ac.ukepubs.surrey.ac.uk/812369/1/E-thesis 6230279.docx · Web viewIndeed, the word ‘anchor’ has been used to refer to both mindful awareness (Brown, Marquis, &](https://reader035.vdocuments.mx/reader035/viewer/2022081514/5a7123887f8b9ac0538c9d3b/html5/thumbnails/41.jpg)
Eysenck, M. W., Derakshan, N., Santos, R., & Calvo, M. G. (2007). Anxiety and cognitive performance: Attentional control theory. Emotion, 7(2), 336-353. Feeney, J. A. (1998). Adult attachment and relationship-centered anxiety. In J. A. Simpson & W. A. Rholes (Eds.), Attachment Theory and Close Relationships (pp.189-218). New York: Guilford Press.Feeney, J. A. (1999). Adult attachment, emotional control, and marital satisfaction. Personal Relationships, 6, 169-185. Fjorback, L. O., Arendt, M., Ørnbøl, E., Fink, P., & Walach, H. (2011). Mindfulness-based stress reduction and mindfulness-based cognitive therapy – a systematic review of randomized controlled trials. Acta Psychiatrica Scandinavica, 124, 102-119. Fonagy, P. (1996). The significance of the development of metacognitive control over mental representations in parenting and infant development. Journal of Clinical Psychoanalysis, 5, 67-86.Fonagy, P. (2000). Attachment and borderline personality disorder. Journal of the American Psychoanalytic Association, 48, 1129-1146.Fonagy, P. (2001). Early intervention and the development of self-regulation. Paper presented at the Keynote address at the meeting of the Australian Association for Infant Mental Health, Perth, Australia, 30 August 2001. Fonagy, P., Gergely, G., Jurist, E., & Target, M. (2002). Affect regulation, mentalization, and the development of the self. New York: Other Press. Fonagy, P., Leigh, T., Steele, M., Steele, H., Kennedy, R., Mattoon, G., Target, M., & Gerber, A. (1996). The relation of attachment status, psychiatric classification, and response to psychotherapy. Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology, 64, 22-31.Forman, E. M., Herbert, J. D., Moitra, E., Yeomans, P. D., & Geller, P. A. (2007). A randomized controlled effectiveness trial of acceptance and commitment therapy and cognitive therapy for anxiety and depression. Behavior Modification, 31(6), 772-799. Foster, D. (2016, January 23). Is mindfulness making us ill? The Guardian. Retrieved online from http://www.theguardian.com/lifeandstyle/2016/jan/23/is-mindfulness-making-us-ill Fox, N. A., & Hane, A. A. (2008). Studying the biology of human development. In J. Cassidy and P. Shaver (Eds.), Handbook of attachment: Theory, research and clinical applications (pp.217-240). New York: Guildford Press. Fraley, R. C., Niedenthal, P. M., Marks, M., Brumbaugh, C., & Vicary, A. (2006). Adult attachment and the perception of emotional expressions: Probing the hyperactivating strategies underlying anxious attachment. Journal of Personality, 74, 1163-1190.Fraley, R. C., Waller, N. G., & Brennan, K. A. (2000). An item-response theory analysis of self-report measures of adult attachment. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 78, 350-365. Galante, J., Iribarren, S. J., & Pearce, P. F. (2013). Effects of mindfulness-based cognitive therapy on mental disorders: A systematic review and meta-analysis of randomised controlled trials. Journal of Research in Nursing, 18, 133-155.Gehart, D. R. (2012). Mindfulness and acceptance in couple and family therapy. New York: Springer.
41
![Page 42: epubs.surrey.ac.ukepubs.surrey.ac.uk/812369/1/E-thesis 6230279.docx · Web viewIndeed, the word ‘anchor’ has been used to refer to both mindful awareness (Brown, Marquis, &](https://reader035.vdocuments.mx/reader035/viewer/2022081514/5a7123887f8b9ac0538c9d3b/html5/thumbnails/42.jpg)
George, C., Kaplan, N., & Main, M. (1985). Adult Attachment Interview. Unpublished manuscript, University of California, Berkeley. Cited in van Ijzendoorn, M. H. (1995). Adult attachment representations, parental responsiveness, and infant attachment: A meta-analysis on the predictive validity of the adult attachment interview. Psychological Bulletin, 117, 387-403.Gerhardt, S. (2004). Why love matters: How affection shapes a baby’s brain. New York: Brunner-Routledge. Germer, C. K., Siegel, R. D., & Fulton, P. R. (2005). Mindfulness and psychotherapy. New York: Guilford Press.Gillath, O., Giesbrecht, B., & Shaver, P. R. (2009). Attachment, attention, and cognitive control: Attachment style and performance on general attention tasks. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 45, 647-654.Giluk, T. L. (2009). Mindfulness, big five personality, and affect: A meta-analysis. Personality and Individual Differences, 47, 805-811.Goldin, P. R., & Gross, J. J. (2010). Effects of mindfulness-based stress reduction (MBSR) on emotion regulation in social anxiety disorder. Emotion, 10, 83-91. Goodall, K., Trejnowska, A., & Darling, S. (2012). The relationship between dispositional mindfulness, attachment security, and emotion regulation. Personality and Individual Differences, 52, 622-626. Goyal, M., Singh, S., Sibinga, E. M., Gould, N. F., Rowland-Seymour, A., Sharma, R., Berger, Z., Sleicher, D., Maron, D. D., Shihab, H. M., Ranasinghe, P. D., Linn, S., Saha, S., Bass, E. B., & Haythornthwaite, J. A. (2014). Meditation programs for psychological stress and well-being: A systematic review and meta-analysis. JAMA Internal Medicine, 174, 357-368. Gratz, K. L., & Roemer, L. (2004). Multidimensional assessment of emotion regulation and dysregulation: Development, factor structure, and initial validation of the difficulties in emotion regulation scale. Journal of Psychopathology & Behavioral Assessment, 26, 41-54.Gray, J. R., Braver, T. S., & Raichle, M. E. (2002). Integration of emotion and cognition in the lateral prefrontal cortex. Proceeds of the National Academy of Science, 99, 4115-4120.Grossman, P. (2008). On measuring mindfulness in psychosomatic and psychological research. Journal of psychosomatic research, 64, 405-408.Grossman, P. (2011). Defining mindfulness by how poorly I think I pay attention during everyday awareness and other intractable problems for psychology’s (re)invention of mindfulness: Comment on Brown et al. (2011). Psychological Assessment, 23, 1034-1040. Grossmann, K. E., & Grossmann, K. (1991). Attachment quality as an organizer of emotional and behavioral responses in a longitudinal perspective. In C. M. Parkes, J. Stevenson-Hinde, & P. Marris (Eds.), Attachment across the life cycle (pp. 93-114). London: Tavistock/Routledge.Hanh, T. N. (1991). The miracle of mindfulness. London: Rider. Hayes, A. M., & Feldman, G. (2004). Clarifying the construct of mindfulness in the context of emotion regulation and the process of change in therapy. Clinical
42
![Page 43: epubs.surrey.ac.ukepubs.surrey.ac.uk/812369/1/E-thesis 6230279.docx · Web viewIndeed, the word ‘anchor’ has been used to refer to both mindful awareness (Brown, Marquis, &](https://reader035.vdocuments.mx/reader035/viewer/2022081514/5a7123887f8b9ac0538c9d3b/html5/thumbnails/43.jpg)
Psychology: Science and Practice, 11, 255-262.Hayes, S. C., Strosahl, K., & Wilson, K. G. (1999). Acceptance and commitment therapy. New York: Guilford Press.Hazan, C., & Shaver, P. R. (1987). Romantic love conceptualized as an attachment process. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 52, 511-524.Hazan, C., & Zeifman, D. (1994). Sex and the psychological tether. In K. Bartholomew and D. Perlman (Eds.), Advances in personal relationships Vol. 5: attachment processes in adulthood (pp.151-177). London: Jessica Kingsley. Heeren, A., Van Broeck, N., & Philippot, P. (2009). The effects of mindfulness on executive processes and autobiographical memory specificity. Behaviour Research and Therapy, 47, 403-409. Hick, S. F., & Bien, T. (Eds.). (2008). Mindfulness and the therapeutic relationship. New York: Guilford Press. Hofmann, S. G., Grossman, P., & Hinton, D. E. (2011). Loving-kindness and compassion meditation: Potential for psychological interventions. Clinical Psychology Review, 31, 1126-1132. Hölzel, B. K., Hoge, E. A., Greve, D. N., Gard, T., Creswell, J. D., Brown, K. W., Barrett, L. F., Schwartz, C., Vaitl, D., Lazar, S. W. (2013). Neuroimage: Clinical, 2, 448-458. Horvath, A. O., & Bedi, R. P. (2002). The alliance. In J. C. Norcross (ed.), Psychotherapy relationships that work: Therapist contributions and responsiveness to patients (pp.37-69). London: Oxford University Press. Howe, D. (2011). Attachment across the lifecourse. Houndmills: Palgrave Macmillan.Hutcherson, C. A., Seppala, E. M., & Gross, J. J. (2008). Loving-kindness meditation increases social connectedness. Emotion, 8, 720-724.Irving, J., Dobkin, P., & Park, J. (2009). Cultivating mindfulness in health care professionals: A review of empirical studies of mindfulness-based stress reduction (MBSR). Complementary Therapies in Clinical Practice, 15, 61-66.Jones, K. C., Welton, S. R., Oliver, T. C., & Thoburn, J. W. (2011). Mindfulness, spousal attachment, and marital satisfaction: A mediated model. The Family Journal, 19, 357-361. Joseph, R. (1999). Environmental influences on neural plasticity, the limbic system, emotional development and attachment: A review. Child Psychology & Human Development, 29, 189-208. Kabat-Zinn, J. (1982). An outpatient program in behavioral medicine for chronic pain patients based on the practice of mindfulness meditation: Theoretical considerations and preliminary results. General Hospital Psychiatry, 4, 33-47.Kabat-Zinn, J. (1994). Wherever you go, there you are. New York: Hyperion. Kabat-Zinn, J. (2003). Mindfulness-based interventions in context: Past, present, and future. Clinical Psychology: Science and Practice, 10, 144-156.Kabat-Zinn, J. (2004). Full catastrophe living. London: Piatkus. Kabat-Zinn, J. (2015, October 20). Mindfulness has huge health potential – but
43
![Page 44: epubs.surrey.ac.ukepubs.surrey.ac.uk/812369/1/E-thesis 6230279.docx · Web viewIndeed, the word ‘anchor’ has been used to refer to both mindful awareness (Brown, Marquis, &](https://reader035.vdocuments.mx/reader035/viewer/2022081514/5a7123887f8b9ac0538c9d3b/html5/thumbnails/44.jpg)
McMindfulness is no panacea. Retrieved online from http://www.theguardian.com/commentisfree/2015/oct/20/mindfulness-mental-health-potential-benefits-ukKabat-Zinn, J. (2016). ‘This is not McMindfulness’. Interview in The Psychologist, 29, 124-125. Kabat-Zinn, J., Massion, M. D., Kristeller, J., Peterson, L. G., Fletcher, K. E., Pbert, L., Lenderking, W. R., Santorelli, S. F. (1992). Effectiveness of a meditation-based stress reduction program in the treatment of anxiety disorders. American Journal of Psychiatry, 149, 936-943.Kabat-Zinn, J., Wheeler, E., Light, T., Skillings, A., Scharf, M. J., Cropley, T. G., Hosmer, D., Bernhard, J. D. (1998). Influence of a mindfulness-based stress reduction intervention on rates of skin clearing in patients with moderate to severe psoriasis undergoing phototherapy (UVB) and photochemotherapy (PUVA). Psychosomatic Medicine, 60, 625-632.Kaler, S. R., & Freeman, B. J. (1994). Analysis of environmental deprivation: Cognitive and social development in Romanian orphans. Journal of Child Psychology and Psychiatry, 35, 769-781. Kim, Y. W., Lee, S. H., Choi, T. K., Suh, S. Y., Kim, B., Kim, C. M., Cho, S. J., Kim, M. J., Yook, K., Ryu, M., Song, S. K., Yook, K.H. (2009). Effectiveness of mindfulness-based cognitive therapy as an adjuvant to pharmacotherapy in patients with panic disorder or generalized anxiety disorder. Depression and Anxiety, 26, 601-606.Kivlighan Jr., D. M., Patton, M. J., & Foote, D. (1998). Moderating effects of client attachment on the counselor experience-working alliance relationship. Journal of Counseling Psychology, 45, 274-278.Klainin-Yobas, P., Cho, M. A. A., & Creedy, D. (2012). Efficacy of mindfulness-based interventions on depressive symptoms among people with mental disorders: A meta-analysis. International Journal of Nursing Studies, 49, 109-121. Kristeller, J. L., & Hallett, C. B. (1999). An exploratory study of a meditation-based intervention for binge eating disorder. Journal of Health Psychology, 4, 357-363.Kristeller, J. L., & Johnson, T. (2005). Cultivating loving kindness: A two-stage model of the effects of meditation on empathy, compassion, and altruism. Zygon, 40, 391-408. Kumar, S., Feldman, G., & Hayes, S. C. (2008). Changes in mindfulness and emotion regulation in an exposure-based cognitive therapy for depression. Cognitive Therapy and Research, 32, 734-744.Lau, M. A., Bishop, S. R., Segal, Z. V., Buis, T., Anderson, N. D., Carlson, L., Shapiro, S., Carmody, J., Abbey, S., Devins, G. (2006). The Toronto Mindfulness Scale: Development and validation. Journal of Clinical Psychology, 62, 1445-1467.Lazar, S. W., Kerr, C. E., Wasserman, R. H., Gray, J. R., Greve, D. N., Treadway, M. T., McGarvey, M., Quinn, B. T., Dusek, J. A., Benson, H., Rauch, S. L., Moore, C. L., Fischl, B. (2005). Meditation experience is associated with increased cortical thickness. Neuroreport, 16, 1893-1897.Lee, A., & Hankin, B. L. (2009). Insecure attachment, dysfunctional attitudes, and low
44
![Page 45: epubs.surrey.ac.ukepubs.surrey.ac.uk/812369/1/E-thesis 6230279.docx · Web viewIndeed, the word ‘anchor’ has been used to refer to both mindful awareness (Brown, Marquis, &](https://reader035.vdocuments.mx/reader035/viewer/2022081514/5a7123887f8b9ac0538c9d3b/html5/thumbnails/45.jpg)
self-esteem predicting prospective symptoms of depression and anxiety during adolescence. Journal of Clinical Child & Adolescent Psychology, 38, 219-231.Lengacher, C. A., Johnson-Mallard, V., Post-White, J., Moscoso, M. S., Jacobsen, P. B., Klein, T. W., Widen, R. H., Fitzgerald, S. G., Shelton, M. M., Barta, M., Goodman, M., Cox, C. E., Kip, K. E. (2009). Randomized controlled trial of mindfulness-based stress reduction (MBSR) for survivors of breast cancer. Psycho-Oncology, 18, 1261-1272.Linehan, M. M. (1993a). Cognitive-behavioral treatment of borderline personality disorder. New York: Guilford Press.Linehan, M. M. (1993b). Skills training manual for treating borderline personality disorder. New York: Guilford Press.Linehan, M. M., Schmidt, H., Dimeff, L. A., Craft, J. C., Kanter, J., & Comtois, K. A. (1999). Dialectical behavior therapy for patients with borderline personality disorder and drug dependence. American Journal on Addiction, 8, 279-292.Lutz, J., Herwig, U., Opialla, S., Hittmeyer, A., Jäncke, L., Rufer, M., Grosse Holtforth, M., & Brühl, A. B. (2014). Mindfulness and emotion regulation: An fMRI study. Social Cognitive & Affective Neuroscience, 9(6), 776-785. Lutz, A., Slagter, H. A., Dunne, J. D., & Davidson, R. J. (2008). Attention regulation and monitoring in meditation. Trends in Cognitive Science, 12, 163-169.MacCoon, D. G., MacLean, K. A., Davidson, R. J., Saron, C. D., & Lutz, A. (2014). No sustained attention differences in a longitudinal randomized trial comparing mindfulness based stress reduction and active control. PloS ONE, 9(6), e97551. Retrieved from http://journals.plos.org/plosone/article?id=10.1371/journal.pone.0097551MacDonald, E. E., & Hastings, R. P. (2010). Mindful parenting and care involvement of fathers of children with intellectual disabilities. Journal of Child and Family Studies, 19, 236-240. Mallinckrodt, B. (2010). The psychotherapy relationship as attachment: Evidence and implications. Journal of Social and Personal Relationships, 27, 262-270. Mallinckrodt, B., Gantt, D. L., & Coble, H. L. (1995). Attachment patterns in the psychotherapy relationship: Development of the client attachment to therapist scale. Journal of Counseling Psychology, 42, 307-317. Mallinckrodt, B., Porter, M. J., & Kivlighan, D. M. (2005). Client attachment to therapist, depth of in-session exploration, and object relations in brief psychotherapy. Psychotherapy: Theory, Research, Practice, Training, 42, 85-100. Marmarosh, C. L., Kivlighan, D. M., Bieri, K., LaFauci Schutt, J. M., Barone, C., & Choi, J. (2014). The insecure psychotherapy base: Using client and therapist attachment styles to understand the early alliance. Psychotherapy, 51(3), 404-412. Matousek, R. H., Dobkin, P. L., & Pruessner, J. (2010). Cortisol as a marker for improvement in mindfulness-based stress reduction. Complementary Therapies in Clinical Practice, 16, 13-19.McCracken, L. M., & Keogh, E. (2009). Acceptance, mindfulness, and values-based action may counteract fear and avoidance of emotions in chronic pain: An analysis of anxiety sensitivity. Journal of Pain, 10, 408-415.
45
![Page 46: epubs.surrey.ac.ukepubs.surrey.ac.uk/812369/1/E-thesis 6230279.docx · Web viewIndeed, the word ‘anchor’ has been used to refer to both mindful awareness (Brown, Marquis, &](https://reader035.vdocuments.mx/reader035/viewer/2022081514/5a7123887f8b9ac0538c9d3b/html5/thumbnails/46.jpg)
McCracken, L. M., & Thompson, M. (2009). Components of mindfulness in patients with chronic pain. Journal of Psychopathology and Behavioral Assessment, 31, 75-82.Meins, E. (1999). Sensitivity, security and internal working models: Bridging the transmission gap. Attachment and Human Development, 1, 325-342.Metcalf, C. A., & Dimidjian, S. (2014). Extensions and mechanisms of mindfulness-based cognitive therapy: A review of the evidence. Australian Psychologist, 49, 271-279. Meyer, B., Pilkonis, P. A., Proietti, J. M., Heape, C. L., & Egan, M. (2001). Attachment styles, personality disorders, and response to treatment. Journal of Personality Disorders, 15, 371-389.Mikulincer, M., Gillath, O., and Shaver, P. R. (2002). Activation of the attachment system in adulthood: Threat-related primes increase the accessibility of mental representations of attachment figures. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 83, 881-895.Mikulincer, M., & Orbach, I. (1995). Attachment styles and repressive defensiveness: The accessibility and architecture of affective memories. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 68, 917–925.Mikulincer, M., & Shaver, P. (2003). The attachment behavioral system in adulthood: Activation, psychodynamics, and interpersonal processes. Advances in Experimental Social Psychology, 35, 53-152.Mikulincer, M., & Shaver, P. (2005). Attachment security, compassion, and altruism. Current Directions in Psychological Science, 14, 34-38. Mikulincer, M., & Shaver, P. (2007). Boosting attachment security to promote mental health, prosocial values, and inter-group tolerance. Psychological Inquiry, 18(3), 139-156. Monshat, K., Khong, B., Hassed, C., Vella-Brodrick, D., Norrish, J., Burns, J., & Herrman, H. (2012). “A conscious control over life and my emotions”: Mindfulness practice and health young people. A qualitative study. Journal of Adolescent Health, 52(5), 572-577. Mosheim, R., Zachhuber, U., Scharf, L., Hofmann, A., Kemmler, G., Danzl, C., Kinze, J., Biebl, W., & Richter, R. (2000). Quality of attachment and interpersonal problems as possible predictors of inpatient therapy outcome. Psychotherapy, 45, 223-229.Murakami, H., Nakao, T., Matsunaga, M., & Ohira, H. (2009). Gray matter volume in the right insula is associated with mindfulness tendency. Neuroscience Research, 65, S226.Orsillo, S., & Roemer, L. (2011). The mindful way through anxiety. London: Guilford Press. Paul, N. A., Stanton, S. J., Greeson, J. M., Smoski, M. J., & Wang, L. (2013). Psychological and neural mechanisms of trait mindfulness in reducing depression vulnerability. Social Cognitive and Affective Neuroscience, 8, 56-64.Pearson, K. A., Watkins, E. R., Mullan, E. G., & Moberly, N. J. (2010). Psychosocial correlates of depressive rumination. Behavior Research and Therapy, 48, 784-791. Pepping, C., Davis, P., & O’Donovan, A. (2015). The association between state
46
![Page 47: epubs.surrey.ac.ukepubs.surrey.ac.uk/812369/1/E-thesis 6230279.docx · Web viewIndeed, the word ‘anchor’ has been used to refer to both mindful awareness (Brown, Marquis, &](https://reader035.vdocuments.mx/reader035/viewer/2022081514/5a7123887f8b9ac0538c9d3b/html5/thumbnails/47.jpg)
attachment security and state mindfulness. PLoS ONE, 10(3), e0116779. Retrieved from http://journals.plos.org/plosone/article?id=10.1371/journal.pone.0116779Pepping, C., O’Donovan, A., & Davis, P. (2014). The differential relationship between mindfulness and attachment in experienced and inexperienced meditators. Mindfulness, 5(4), 392-399.Phillips, M. L., Drevets, W. C., Rauch, S. L., & Lane, R. (2003) Neurobiology of emotion perception I: The neural basis of normal emotion perception. Biological Psychiatry, 54, 504-514.Piet, J., & Hougaard, E. (2011). The effect of mindfulness-based cognitive therapy for prevention of relapse in major depressive disorder: A systematic review and meta-analysis. Clinical Psychology Review, 31, 1032-1040. Purser, R., & Loy, D. (2013, July 1). Beyond McMindfulness. The Huffington Post. Retrieved from http://www.huffingtonpost.com/ron-purser/beyond-mcmindfulness_b_3519289.htmlRaes, F., & Williams, M. G. (2010). The relationship between mindfulness and uncontrollability of ruminative thinking. Mindfulness, 1, 199-203.Rasmussen, M. K., & Pidgeon, A. M. (2011). The direct and indirect benefits of dispositional mindfulness on self-esteem and social anxiety. Anxiety, Stress & Coping, 24, 227-233.Roemer, L., Lee, J. K., Salters-Pedneault, K., Erisman, S. M., Orsillo, S. M., & Mennin, D. S. (2009). Mindfulness and emotion regulation difficulties in generalized anxiety disorder: Preliminary evidence for independent and overlapping contributions. Behavior Therapy, 40, 142.Rothchild, B. (2000). The body remembers. New York: W. W. Norton and Co.Rubino, G., Barker, C., Roth, T., and Fearon, P. (2000). Therapist empathy and depth of interpretation in response to potential alliance ruptures: The role of therapist and patient attachment styles. Psychotherapy Research, 10, 408-420. Ruths, F. A., de Zoysa, N., Frearson, S. J., Hutton, J., Williams, J. M. G., & Walsh, J. (2013). Mindfulness-based cognitive therapy for mental health professionals – a pilot study. Mindfulness, 4(4), 289-295. Ryan, R. M., Kuhl, J., & Deci, E. L. (1997). Nature and autonomy: An organizational view of social and neurobiological aspects of self-regulation in behavior and development. Development and Psychopathology, 9, 701-728.Sable, P. (2007). Accentuating the positive in adult attachments. Attachment and Human Development, 9, 361-374.Sandoz, E. K., Wilson, K. G., & Dufrene, T. (2013). Acceptance and commitment therapy for eating disorders: A process-focused guide to treating anorexia and bulimia. Oakland, CA: New Harbinger.Saron, C. D., & Shaver, P. R. (2006). The Shamatha Project: A longitudinal, randomized waitlist control study of cognitive, emotional, and neural effects of intensive meditation training. Unpublished research proposal, Center for Mind and Brain, University of California, Davis. Cited in Shaver, P., Lavy, S., Saron, C., & Mikulincer, M. (2007). Social foundations of the capacity for mindfulness: An attachment perspective. Psychological Inquiry, 18, 264-271.
47
![Page 48: epubs.surrey.ac.ukepubs.surrey.ac.uk/812369/1/E-thesis 6230279.docx · Web viewIndeed, the word ‘anchor’ has been used to refer to both mindful awareness (Brown, Marquis, &](https://reader035.vdocuments.mx/reader035/viewer/2022081514/5a7123887f8b9ac0538c9d3b/html5/thumbnails/48.jpg)
Sauer, E. M., Lopez, F. G., & Gormley, B. (2003). Respective contributions of therapist and client adult attachment orientations to the development of the early working alliance: A preliminary growth modeling study. Psychotherapy Research, 13, 371-382.Scharf, M., Mayseless, O., & Kivenson-Baron, I. (2004). Adolescent attachment representations and development tasks in emerging adulthood. Developmental Psychology, 40, 430-444. Schore, A. N. (2001a). Effects of a secure attachment relationship on right brain development, affect regulation, and infant mental health. Infant Mental Health Journal, 22, 7-66.Schore, A. N. (2001b). The effects of early relational trauma on right brain development, affect regulation, and infant mental health. Infant Mental Health Journal, 22, 201-269.Shapiro, S. L., Carlson, L. E., Astin, J. A., & Freedman, B. (2006). Mechanisms of mindfulness. Journal of Clinical Psychology, 62(3), 373-386. Shapiro, S. L., Schwartz, G. E., & Bonner, G. (1998). Effects of mindfulness-based stress reduction on medical and premedical students. Journal of Behavioral Medicine, 21, 581-599.Shaver, P., Lavy, S., Saron, C, & Mikulincer, M. (2007). Social foundations of the capacity for mindfulness: An attachment perspective. Psychological Inquiry, 18, 264-271.Siegel, D. J. (2007). The mindful brain: Reflection and attunement in the cultivation of well-being. New York: W. W. Norton.Siegel, D. J. (2009). Mindful awareness, mindsight, and neural integration. The Humanistic Psychologist, 37, 137-158. Siegel, D. J., & Hartzell, M. (2003). Parenting from the inside out: How a deeper self-understanding can help you raise children who thrive. New York: Penguin.Simpson, J. A., Rholes, S. W., & Phillips, D. (1996). Conflict in close relationships: An attachment perspective. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 71, 899-914.Slagter, H. A., Lutz, A., Greischar, L. L., Francis, A. D., Nieuwenhuis, S., Davis, J. M., & Davidson, R. J. (2007). Mental training affects distribution of limited brain resources. PLoS Biology, 5, e138. Retrieved from http://www.plosbiology.org/article/info:doi/10.1371/journal.pbio.0050138. Snyder, R., Shapiro, S., & Treleaven, D. (2012). Attachment theory and mindfulness. Journal of Child and Family Studies, 21, 709-717. Speca, M., Carlson, L. E., Goodey, E., & Angen, M. (2000). A randomized, wait-list controlled clinical trial: The effect of a mindfulness meditation-based stress reduction program on mood and symptoms of stress in cancer outpatients. Psychosomatic Medicine, 62, 613-622. Sroufe, L. A. (2005). Attachment and development: A prospective, longitudinal study from birth to adulthood. Attachment and Human Development, 7, 349-367.Tang, Y. Y., Ma, Y., Wang, J., Fan, Y., Feng, S., Lu, Q., Yu, Q., Sui, D., Rothbart, M. K., Fan, M., & Posner, M. I. (2007). Short-term meditation training improves attention
48
![Page 49: epubs.surrey.ac.ukepubs.surrey.ac.uk/812369/1/E-thesis 6230279.docx · Web viewIndeed, the word ‘anchor’ has been used to refer to both mindful awareness (Brown, Marquis, &](https://reader035.vdocuments.mx/reader035/viewer/2022081514/5a7123887f8b9ac0538c9d3b/html5/thumbnails/49.jpg)
and self-regulation. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences, 104, 17152-17156.Teasdale, J. D., Segal, Z., & Williams, J. M. G. (1995) How does cognitive therapy prevent depressive relapse and why should attentional control (mindfulness) training help? Behaviour Research and Therapy, 33, 25-39.Teasdale, J. D., Williams, J. M., Soulsby, J. M., Segal, Z. V., Ridgeway, V. A., & Lau, M. A. (2000). Prevention of relapse/recurrence in major depression by mindfulness-based cognitive therapy. Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology, 68, 615-623.Telch, C. F., Agras, W. S., & Linehan, M. M. (2002). Group dialectical behavior therapy for binge eating disorder: A preliminary uncontrolled trial. Behavior Therapy, 31, 569-582.Teper, R., & Inzlicht, M. (2013). Meditation, mindfulness and executive control: The importance of emotional acceptance and brain-based performance monitoring. Social Cognition and Affective Neuroscience, 8, 85-92. Thompson, B. L., & Waltz, J. (2007). Everyday mindfulness and mindfulness meditation: Overlapping constructs or not? Personality and Individual Differences, 43, 1875-1885.Van der Oord, S., Bögels, S. M., & Peijnenburg, D. (2012). The effectiveness of mindfulness training for children with ADHD and mindful parenting for their parents. Journal of Child and Family Studies, 21, 139-147. Van Ijzendoorn, M. H., & Bakermans-Kranenburg, M. J. (1997). Intergenerational attachment: A move to the contextual. In L. Atkinson & K. J. Zucker (Eds.), Attachment and Psychopathology (pp. 135-170). New York: Guilford Press.Wachs, K., & Cordova, J. V. (2007). Mindful relating: Exploring mindfulness and emotion repertoires in intimate relationships. Journal of Marital and Family Therapy, 33, 464-481. Walach, H., Buchheld, N., Buttenmuller, V., Kleinknecht, N., & Schmidt, S. (2006). Measuring mindfulness – the Freiburg Mindfulness Inventory (FMI). Personality and Individual Differences, 40, 1543-1555.Wallin, D. J. (2007). Attachment in psychotherapy. London: Guilford Press. Walsh, J. J., Balint, M. G., Smolira, D. R., Frederickson, L. K., & Madsen, S. (2009). Predicting individual differences in mindfulness: The role of trait anxiety, attachment anxiety and attentional control. Personality and Individual Differences, 46, 94-99. Weaver, I. C. G., Cervoni, N., Champagne, F. A., D’Alessio, A. C., Sharma, S., Seckl, J. R., Dymov, S., Szyf, M., & Meaney, M. J. (2004). Epigenetic programming by maternal behavior. Nature Neuroscience, 7, 847-854.Wei, M., Vogel, D. L., Ku, T. Y., & Zakalik, R. A. (2005). Adult attachment, affect regulation, negative mood, and interpersonal problems: The mediating roles of emotional reactivity and emotional cutoff. Journal of Counseling Psychology, 52, 14-24.Wilding, C., & Milne, A. (2010). Cognitive behavioural therapy. London: Hodder. Williams, M., & Penman, D. (2011). Mindfulness: A practical guide to finding peace in a frantic world. London: Piatkus.
49
![Page 50: epubs.surrey.ac.ukepubs.surrey.ac.uk/812369/1/E-thesis 6230279.docx · Web viewIndeed, the word ‘anchor’ has been used to refer to both mindful awareness (Brown, Marquis, &](https://reader035.vdocuments.mx/reader035/viewer/2022081514/5a7123887f8b9ac0538c9d3b/html5/thumbnails/50.jpg)
Williams, M., Teasdale, J., Segal, Z., & Kabat-Zinn, J. (2007). The mindful way through depression. London: Guilford Press. Williams, J. M. G., Teasdale, J. D., Segal, Z. V., & Soulsby, J. (2000). Mindfulness-based cognitive therapy reduces over-general autobiographical memory in formerly depressed patients. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 109, 150-155.Wiseman, H., & Tishby, O. (2014). Client attachment, attachment to the therapist and client-therapist attachment match: How do they relate to change in psychodynamic psychotherapy? Psychotherapy research, 24(3), 392-406. Woodruff, S. C., Glass, C. R., Arnkoff, D. B., Crowley, K. J., Hindman, R. K., & Hirschhorn, E. W. (2013). Comparing self-compassion, mindfulness, and psychological inflexibility as predictors of psychological health. Mindfulness, 5(4), 410-421.Zeidan, F., Johnson, S. K., Diamond, B. J., David, Z., & Goolkasian, P. (2010). Mindfulness meditation improves cognition: Evidence of brief mental training. Consciousness and Cognition, 19, 597-605.
50
![Page 51: epubs.surrey.ac.ukepubs.surrey.ac.uk/812369/1/E-thesis 6230279.docx · Web viewIndeed, the word ‘anchor’ has been used to refer to both mindful awareness (Brown, Marquis, &](https://reader035.vdocuments.mx/reader035/viewer/2022081514/5a7123887f8b9ac0538c9d3b/html5/thumbnails/51.jpg)
RESEARCH PROJECT 1
Therapist and client experiences of joint mindfulness
Abstract
There is evidence that mindfulness practice can have salutary effects on interpersonal
functioning, including increased empathy and satisfaction in relationships. These
findings have implications for the therapeutic relationship, and a growing body of
research suggests that therapist mindfulness can enhance clinical skills and forge a
stronger therapeutic alliance. This qualitative study explores the effects of therapists
and clients engaging together in joint mindfulness practice within the therapy room.
Four therapist-client dyads engaged in a joint eight-minute meditation at the start of
two therapy sessions, separated by a regular session without meditation. Semi-
structured interviews were used to elicit their experiences. Transcripts were then
analysed using interpretative phenomenological analysis (IPA) to develop themes and
superordinate themes. Prominent themes within the data included greater attunement
between therapist and client, sharper focus, a slower pace, and a shift from the ‘doing’
to the ‘being’ modes of existence, suggesting that joint mindfulness between therapist
and client may assist in the process of therapy.
Keywords: Mindfulness, meditation, therapeutic relationship, qualitative
Introduction
Mindfulness, defined by Jon Kabat-Zinn (2003, p.145) as ‘the awareness that emerges
through paying attention on purpose, in the present moment, and nonjudgmentally to
the unfolding of experience moment by moment,’ is an ancient concept said to have
roots in Buddhist philosophy (Kabat-Zinn, 2004). Mindfulness skills can be cultivated
by engaging in everyday tasks mindfully (i.e. through ‘observation of constantly
changing internal and external stimuli as they arise’; Baer, 2003, p.145), or through
51
![Page 52: epubs.surrey.ac.ukepubs.surrey.ac.uk/812369/1/E-thesis 6230279.docx · Web viewIndeed, the word ‘anchor’ has been used to refer to both mindful awareness (Brown, Marquis, &](https://reader035.vdocuments.mx/reader035/viewer/2022081514/5a7123887f8b9ac0538c9d3b/html5/thumbnails/52.jpg)
participating in mindfulness meditation exercises, which typically involve focusing
attention on the breath, and bringing attention back to the breath each time attention
starts to wander. Mindfulness has been shown to have a range of mental and physical
health benefits (Baer, 2003; Brown, Ryan, & Creswell, 2007; Keng, Smoski, &
Robins, 2011).
There is emerging recognition that mindfulness practice can have significant
interpersonal benefits. Reported outcomes in several qualitative studies of mindfulness
training (Allen, Bromley, Kuyken, & Sonnenberg 2009; Monshat et al., 2013; Bihari
& Mullan, 2014) have included increased empathy and improved communication,
while quantitative studies have correlated mindfulness with higher empathy
(Dekeyser, Raes, Leijssen, Leysen, & Dewulf, 2008) and greater satisfaction in
interpersonal relationships (Wachs & Cordova, 2007). Dan Siegel (2007, 2009) has
developed understanding of the neurobiological links between mindfulness skills and
the forging of affectional bonds with others, highlighting research findings suggesting
that mindfulness meditation can promote growth in areas of the prefrontal cortex
associated with empathy and emotion regulation.
In light of these findings, Ellwood (2013) examined the links between
mindfulness and attachment in a literature review. Key findings within the literature
were that insecure attachment is associated with difficulties in attentional control and
emotion regulation, and that mindfulness has been implicated in the development of
both. These links have been supported by neuroscientific studies (Goldin & Gross,
2010; Teper & Inzlicht, 2013), and there is a nascent body of work that suggests that
mindfulness training can positively impact both attention and emotion regulation (e.g.
Hölzel et al., 2013). Accordingly, recent years have seen the introduction of
mindfulness-based relationship enhancement for couples (Carson, Carson, Gil, &
Baucom, 2004, 2006) and mindfulness-based parenting programs (Duncan &
Bardacke, 2010; Bögels & Restifo, 2014).
One area that remains relatively unexplored is how mindfulness can be
implemented within the therapy room. Research suggests that the relationship between
therapist and client is a strong predictor of therapeutic outcome, regardless of
theoretical approach (Martin, Garske, & Davis, 2000; Cooper, 2008). Given its
potential to enhance interpersonal relationships, it might be expected that mindfulness
could have salutary effects in this regard. Further benefits might arise from enhanced
52
![Page 53: epubs.surrey.ac.ukepubs.surrey.ac.uk/812369/1/E-thesis 6230279.docx · Web viewIndeed, the word ‘anchor’ has been used to refer to both mindful awareness (Brown, Marquis, &](https://reader035.vdocuments.mx/reader035/viewer/2022081514/5a7123887f8b9ac0538c9d3b/html5/thumbnails/53.jpg)
attentional control and emotion regulation, allowing the client to identify areas of
desired change and to ‘stay with’ difficult emotions (Mallinckrodt, Porter, &
Kivlighan, 2005).
Existing research in this area has focused on therapist mindfulness. Several
studies (e.g. Grepmair et al., 2007; Ryan, Safran, Doran, & Muran, 2012) suggest that
enhanced therapist mindfulness might sharpen therapeutic skills such as empathy and
active listening. Others (Shapiro, Brown, & Biegel, 2007; Schure, Christopher, &
Christopher, 2008) have recommended mindfulness meditation as a form of self-care
for therapists. Wexler (2006) found significant positive correlations between therapist
mindfulness and the strength of the therapeutic alliance, as rated by therapist and
client. Razzaque, Okoro, and Wood (2013) found therapist mindfulness to explain
32.4% of the variance in therapeutic alliance, although this study only used therapist
ratings.
To date, however, there is very little research into how mindfulness meditation
might be used within the therapy room to improve the therapeutic relationship and
facilitate the process of therapy. Even a book specifically on the topic of mindfulness
and the therapeutic relationship (Hick & Bien, 2008) has little to say on this subject,
focusing instead on links between mindfulness and various theoretical approaches,
and mindfulness as a way of enhancing specific therapeutic skills. The current study
therefore aims to address this gap in the literature, by asking therapist and client dyads
to engage in joint mindfulness meditation at the start of therapy sessions. Because this
is an unexplored area, the study is exploratory and qualitative in nature, with the aim
of finding out how therapists and clients experience joint meditation. In light of
Counselling Psychology’s relational stance, and the wider recent trend in psychology
to view the relationship between therapist and client as a co-constructed,
intersubjective space (Mitchell, 2004), it was considered important to approach the
experience from both sides of the therapeutic relationship; hence the decision to
interview both therapists and clients.
The following main research question was generated: ‘How do therapists and
clients experience brief, in-session joint mindfulness practice, in terms of the
therapeutic relationship and the process of therapy?’ The following secondary
research questions were also generated: (a) Do therapists and clients perceive the
53
![Page 54: epubs.surrey.ac.ukepubs.surrey.ac.uk/812369/1/E-thesis 6230279.docx · Web viewIndeed, the word ‘anchor’ has been used to refer to both mindful awareness (Brown, Marquis, &](https://reader035.vdocuments.mx/reader035/viewer/2022081514/5a7123887f8b9ac0538c9d3b/html5/thumbnails/54.jpg)
experience of joint meditation differently? (b) Are therapy sessions that begin with a
joint mindfulness meditation qualitatively different from those that do not?
Method
Design
A qualitative approach was chosen for this study, as the aim was to find out what it is
like to meditate, jointly, at the start of therapy sessions, rather than to measure
quantifiable effects of said meditation. Specifically, there was a focus on the
individual experience of participants, and so interpretative phenomenological analysis
(IPA; Smith, Flowers, & Larkin, 2009) was considered to be an appropriate research
method. The epistemological approach of IPA is phenomenological and idiographic,
and is concerned with the uniqueness of individual experience (Smith et al., 2009).
This emphasis on the subjectivity of individual experience is appropriate for a
study of mindfulness meditation, which requires that the meditator adopt an
observing, non-judgemental stance towards mental and physical phenomena that arise.
In other words, there is no ‘right’ or ‘wrong’ way to meditate mindfully, and no goal
is pursued other than bringing attention to what is occurring in the present moment,
and so the experience of mindfulness meditation will be different for each person who
practises it. IPA also acknowledges the researcher’s role in the process of data
gathering, emphasising that the researcher is involved in a process of making sense of
the participant, who is making sense of their experience. The process therefore
involves a ‘double hermeneutic’ (Smith & Osborn, 2008).
Why qualitative?
The choice of a qualitative approach in this first research project reflects several
considerations. The most important relates to the research question and what the
current study hopes to discover, which is what it is like to meditate with another
human being within the context of a therapeutic dyad. There is a relative lack of
literature addressing what it is like to engage in mindfulness meditation. The vast
majority of research studies on mindfulness are quantitative, and therefore are
concerned with measurable outcomes: pain and pain acceptance (Morone, Greco, &
54
![Page 55: epubs.surrey.ac.ukepubs.surrey.ac.uk/812369/1/E-thesis 6230279.docx · Web viewIndeed, the word ‘anchor’ has been used to refer to both mindful awareness (Brown, Marquis, &](https://reader035.vdocuments.mx/reader035/viewer/2022081514/5a7123887f8b9ac0538c9d3b/html5/thumbnails/55.jpg)
Weiner, 2008), depressive symptoms (Sephton et al., 2007), delay in relapse of
depression (Teasdale et al., 2000), anxiety (Anderson, Lau, Segal, & Bishop, 2007),
rumination (Deyo, Wilson, Ong, & Koopman, 2009), and parent-child relationship
quality (Coatsworth, Duncan, Greenberg, & Nix, 2010). However, even the few
qualitative studies that do exist also focus mainly on outcomes: Bihari and Mullan
(2012) explored ‘changes in relationships’, while Morone, Lynch, Greco, Tindle, and
Weiner (2008) studied the effects of mindfulness meditation on chronic pain.
The existing body of literature, then, has little to say about the experience of
meditation during the process itself. The current study hopes to address this imbalance
by asking participants to report not just any changes that they noticed, but also what
they experienced during the actual joint meditation. Qualitative enquiry is therefore
appropriate for what the study hopes to achieve.
Moreover, previous qualitative studies have tended to focus on specific
interventions. Mason & Hargreaves (2001) used MBCT; Chadwick, Kaur, Swelam,
Ross, and Ellett (2011) adapted the MBCT program for their study; Mackenzie,
Carlson, Munoz, and Speca (2007) used MBSR. Participants in these studies reported
notable effects of engaging in these mindfulness-based interventions; however it may
be that the ‘active ingredient’ in such studies was located somewhere other than the
experience of meditation: MBCT (Segal, Williams, & Teasdale, 2002) involves an
explicit early focus on turning towards low mood and depression; MBSR (Kabat-Zinn,
1982) incorporates a whole-day retreat between weeks 6 and 7; both include group
discussion, performing everyday tasks mindfully, mindful movement, the setting of
homework, and didactic material – in the case of MBSR, this involves educating
participants on the links between stress and illness, while the MBCT course includes
the teaching of cognitive formulations of depression and anxiety.
The current study, in contrast to most other research involving mindfulness
meditation, narrows the focus to the experience of meditation itself, and does not
include those other elements that may also have a significant influence on participants.
Finally, a qualitative, interpretative approach is congruent with what I hope to
achieve with the research, which is to explore what may go on within and between
two people when they meditate in the therapy room, thus potentially enhancing the
understanding of therapists who use such a technique or are thinking of doing so.
Quantitative approaches, which are more likely to be separated from ‘real-life’
55
![Page 56: epubs.surrey.ac.ukepubs.surrey.ac.uk/812369/1/E-thesis 6230279.docx · Web viewIndeed, the word ‘anchor’ has been used to refer to both mindful awareness (Brown, Marquis, &](https://reader035.vdocuments.mx/reader035/viewer/2022081514/5a7123887f8b9ac0538c9d3b/html5/thumbnails/56.jpg)
contexts, are less suited for the pursuit of such knowledge (Sandelowski, 1996). The
emergence into popularity of qualitative research methods has perhaps contributed (as
has the development of counselling psychology as a discipline) to the reduction of
distance between academic psychology and therapeutic practice, which, it has been
argued, had been drifting apart from one another (Legg, 1998, p.7).
Why interpretative phenomenological analysis?
As stated above, there is a deficit of knowledge within academic literature concerning
the phenomenological aspects of meditation, and an even more pronounced lack of
understanding of what it is like to meditate jointly with someone else. It therefore
stands to reason that the method of inquiry should lend itself to an understanding of
phenomenology. Interpretative phenomenological analysis (IPA; Smith, Flowers, &
Larkin, 2009) offers an appropriate research method.
The locus of interest in the current is rather specific in comparison to much
qualitative research, and indeed most IPA studies, which often focus on individuals’
experience of processes that occur over extended time periods – the experience of
having a chronic illness, for example, or of attending a training programme. By
contrast, the focus of this study is on the experience of two short joint meditations and
the therapy sessions that followed.
Nevertheless, IPA is an appropriate method to use, as the aim of this study is
to understand individual experience. IPA, an idiographic approach, can aid this
process significantly. Meditation is a personal experience, and mindfulness meditation
particularly so, given its aim to foster awareness of ‘what is already there’. Yardley
(2000) proposes that qualitative research is well suited to understanding variation
between individuals. A method with an idiographic focus, such as IPA, is particularly
suited to this, as it does not seek to describe a universal experience, but to the contrary
embraces individual differences (Spinelli, 1989). In this sense it may resonate more
fully with the experiences of readers, even though specific details will likely be
different. Indeed, one critique of nomothetic research methods is that they describe an
‘average’, ‘ideal’, or ‘paradigmatic’ case that does not (and perhaps cannot) have a
counterpart in the actual world (Kastenbaum, cited in Datan, Rodeheaver, & Hughes,
p.156).
56
![Page 57: epubs.surrey.ac.ukepubs.surrey.ac.uk/812369/1/E-thesis 6230279.docx · Web viewIndeed, the word ‘anchor’ has been used to refer to both mindful awareness (Brown, Marquis, &](https://reader035.vdocuments.mx/reader035/viewer/2022081514/5a7123887f8b9ac0538c9d3b/html5/thumbnails/57.jpg)
IPA engages with the ‘hermeneutic circle’, in which understanding of a text
takes place at several levels, each dependent on the others. Thus the reader of a text
needs to be aware not only of the text itself, but also the wider context in which the
text was produced, and the context of the reader herself or himself. This idea has been
influential on the development of IPA, which does not seek to bracket assumptions but
rather attempts to use them in the process of interpretation (Willig, 2008, p.56).
Schleiermacher (cited in Smith, Flowers, & Larkin, 2009, p.22) even proposed that the
interpreter can achieve ‘an understanding of the utterer better than he understands
himself.’ Moving too far along the route of privileging the interpreter, however, can
risk the researcher imposing meaning on the text that is hard to justify.
Good practice in IPA, therefore, involves something of a balancing act
whereby the researcher attempts to hold in mind the hermeneutic circle and move
between different levels of understanding: How to make sense of a particular utterance
in light of the entire interview? Or in the context of all interview data collected, or
even of the wider discourse surrounding the subject matter? In turn, how does the
individual utterance influence our understanding of these wider contexts? And what
about the assumptions that the researcher brings?
Why not other research methods?
The two major qualitative methods that presented themselves as alternatives to IPA in
this study were grounded theory and discourse analysis. This section explicates why
these options were not used in the current study.
Approaches that place language at the centre of inquiry have found great
popularity within the last 25 years, reflecting a shift away from positivism and
objectivism, and towards a postmodernist approach that acknowledges the co-
existence of multiple perspectives on the same phenomenon (Shaw & Frost, 2015).
Discursive psychology (Edwards & Potter, 1992)) and Foucauldian discourse analysis
(Parker, 1992) reject the cognitivist notion that language is a direct representation of
reality. Instead, speech is viewed as social action, and is interpreted within the social
context and with an emphasis on what it achieves (or hopes to achieve) (Willig, 2008,
p.94). Such an approach also entails engaging with the likelihood that participants in a
research study tailor their responses (consciously or unconsciously) according to what
57
![Page 58: epubs.surrey.ac.ukepubs.surrey.ac.uk/812369/1/E-thesis 6230279.docx · Web viewIndeed, the word ‘anchor’ has been used to refer to both mindful awareness (Brown, Marquis, &](https://reader035.vdocuments.mx/reader035/viewer/2022081514/5a7123887f8b9ac0538c9d3b/html5/thumbnails/58.jpg)
they believe the researcher wants. For example, in both of my research studies, some
participants may have oriented towards expressing a positive view of mindfulness,
because they might have assumed that I believe mindfulness to be effective.
While the approach of the current study accepts that language is not a direct
window onto an unchanging reality, discourse analysis was not chosen as a research
method, largely because its main interest is in discourse as produced in a public
context. Its epistemological thrust is towards understanding how versions of reality are
produced and constituted in language (Willig, 2008, p.107), and is not concerned with
ideas of subjectivity and intentionality. The current study, by contrast, hopes to
understand the essence of the experience of joint meditation, with the caveat that this
‘essence’ is necessarily elusive and accessed after the fact only through language, in a
joint venture by researcher and participant.
The parameters of the current research study, moreover, perhaps do not lend
themselves to a discourse analysis approach. Ideally, discourse analysis should
analyse naturally occurring text and talk (Hepburn & Wiggins, 2005). There are
doubts as to the extent this is possible, in terms of ethics and logistics. One way would
be to record a group discussion of mindfulness within the context of an MBCT or
MBSR course (entailing the willing and informed consent of all group members,
which itself would present an obstacle). Another interesting approach to how the
concept of mindfulness is represented within the field would be to apply DA to
existing literature on mindfulness – this literature is hugely influential in how
mindfulness is understood by people, either through their direct reading or second-
hand through mindfulness teachers. Some responses in my own research reflected
‘standard’ definitions that I have read within the literature (this is further discussed in
the equivalent section of the discussion of the second research project).
However, both a recording of a group discussion and an analysis of the corpus
of literature are removed from the context in which I would like to explore
mindfulness, i.e. the dyadic relationship between therapist and client. It would be
hypothetically possible to arrange a discussion group, but undesirable to do so as –
even setting aside the logistics of gathering all participants in the same room – it
would entail breaching confidentiality of the research participants, half of whom were
clients in therapy and thus represented a participant group for whom matters of
confidentiality and anonymity were especially important.
58
![Page 59: epubs.surrey.ac.ukepubs.surrey.ac.uk/812369/1/E-thesis 6230279.docx · Web viewIndeed, the word ‘anchor’ has been used to refer to both mindful awareness (Brown, Marquis, &](https://reader035.vdocuments.mx/reader035/viewer/2022081514/5a7123887f8b9ac0538c9d3b/html5/thumbnails/59.jpg)
Grounded theory, on the other hand, could have been used to investigate the
experience of joint meditation between therapist and client. Glaser (1978), one of the
founders of the grounded theory approach, proposed that the first question asked by
the grounded theorist should be ‘What’s happening here?’ Although the ‘basic’
quality of this question is appealing in the context of the current study, which explores
a scenario not previously investigated within the literature, it also implies a positivist
approach in its implication that there is a ‘something’ that is objectively occurring,
and that this ‘something’ can be accessed through the accounts of those participating
in the process.
This would be at odds with the author’s own stance that within such a study
there are multiple realities at play (those of the participants, the researcher, and the
wider cultural context), informing and influencing each other, and that these realities
are fluid rather than fixed: two joint meditations that are superficially the same can be
experienced radically differently according to what else is going on for the
participants at that time. It would also be inconsistent with this study’s particular
emphasis on individual subjectivity in the process of meditation. The aim is not to
extrapolate from the experiences of participants and make universal claims, but solely
to understand what it might have been like for these particular people to engage in the
process of joint meditation at this particular time, with the suggestion (but not the
expectation) that these experiences might resonate with the experiences of others who
have engaged in a similar process.
The focus of this first research project, furthermore, would be somewhat
narrow for a grounded theory approach. It would be inappropriate to attempt to
develop a theory of such a specific situation; this study is interested in how the world
is experienced within a particular context at a particular time (Willig, 2008, p.52),
without necessarily extrapolating to a wider context.
Participants
Participants in the study were four therapist-client dyads, comprising eight
participants in total. This size was considered appropriate as it would allow for a range
of experiences (and insure, to a degree, against participant attrition) while avoiding a
prohibitively long process of gathering, transcribing, and analysing data (Smith,
59
![Page 60: epubs.surrey.ac.ukepubs.surrey.ac.uk/812369/1/E-thesis 6230279.docx · Web viewIndeed, the word ‘anchor’ has been used to refer to both mindful awareness (Brown, Marquis, &](https://reader035.vdocuments.mx/reader035/viewer/2022081514/5a7123887f8b9ac0538c9d3b/html5/thumbnails/60.jpg)
Flowers, & Larkin 2009). It was not required that therapists were working from a
particular theoretical approach, but it was stipulated that the therapy itself should not
be specifically mindfulness-based, as it was desired that meditating together would be
a ‘fresh’ experience for therapist and client.
Participants did, however, report that they were familiar to some degree with
the concept and practice of mindfulness meditation. When asked how they understood
the term ‘mindfulness’, all mentioned present-moment awareness, and all except two
referred to acceptance or non-judgement. None of the participants had previously
engaged in joint meditation in a therapeutic setting.
Ages of participants ranged from 31 to 62, and dyads had been engaged in
therapy for periods ranging from 18 months to 10 years. Participant information is
presented below, with therapists and clients paired (all names have been changed):
Table 1. Participant information
Dyad/Names Age Sex Type of therapy Length of therapy
1. Claire (therapist) 58 F Psychodynamic 18 months Maria (client) 31 F
2. John (therapist) 44 M CBT 10 years Alice (client) 31 F
3. Jane (therapist) 52 F CBT 18 months Ryan (client) 44 M
4. Richard (therapist) 62 M Psychodynamic 2 years Clarissa (client) 43 F
Procedure
The recruitment process was as follows. Therapists in private, non-NHS settings were
contacted via email and personal contacts, and provided with an outline of the study.
They were asked to approach any clients whom they thought might be interested in
taking part. Therapists and clients who expressed an interest were then provided with
a more detailed summary of the study, its rationale and procedure, and, if they still
desired to take part, were asked to sign a consent form (appendix 1).
60
![Page 61: epubs.surrey.ac.ukepubs.surrey.ac.uk/812369/1/E-thesis 6230279.docx · Web viewIndeed, the word ‘anchor’ has been used to refer to both mindful awareness (Brown, Marquis, &](https://reader035.vdocuments.mx/reader035/viewer/2022081514/5a7123887f8b9ac0538c9d3b/html5/thumbnails/61.jpg)
Participants were provided with an information sheet (appendix 2) and an
audio file of an eight-minute guided mindfulness meditation (mindfulness of the
breath and body; Williams & Penman, 2011), to be played on a digital device. They
were asked to participate in the meditation together at the start of two therapy
sessions, which were separated by a session without the meditation. The number of
meditation sessions was set at two, with the intention that this would allow
participants to observe qualitative differences between the sessions with meditation
and those without, and between the two meditation sessions themselves. It was also
hoped that by limiting meditation sessions to two, there would be minimal disruption
to the normal course of therapy, and less risk that sessions would be missed.
Following completion of the second session with the meditation, therapist and
client were contacted to arrange a suitable time and place so that they could be
interviewed, separately, about their experience of engaging in joint mindfulness. All
interviews took place within five days of the second session with meditation, with the
exception of one interview, which was delayed by a week due to illness. Interviews
were semi-structured, to provide some degree of consistency across interviews while
allowing flexibility. This approach offers a balance between controlling the direction
of the interview and allowing the interviewee to contemplate and redefine their
thoughts during the interview (Willig, 2008). Mean interview length was 25 minutes.
Questions covered participants’ knowledge, understanding, and previous
experience of mindfulness and meditation, their experience of joint meditation with
their therapist/client, their experience of the sessions in which the meditation took
place, and their thoughts about what place mindfulness or meditation might hold for
them in future (see appendix 3). Interviews were recorded on a digital recorder.
Analysis
Following completion of the interviews, recordings were transcribed and the resulting
transcripts were analysed using interpretative phenomenological analysis (IPA).
Analysis was carried out according to recommendations by Smith, Flowers, and
Larkin (2009). Initial exploratory notes were made on a first reading of each
transcript, which were then translated into tentative themes after a second reading.
These themes were then grouped into provisional superordinate theme clusters, before
moving on to the next transcript. As analysis of each transcript commenced, the
61
![Page 62: epubs.surrey.ac.ukepubs.surrey.ac.uk/812369/1/E-thesis 6230279.docx · Web viewIndeed, the word ‘anchor’ has been used to refer to both mindful awareness (Brown, Marquis, &](https://reader035.vdocuments.mx/reader035/viewer/2022081514/5a7123887f8b9ac0538c9d3b/html5/thumbnails/62.jpg)
researcher attempted as far as possible to approach the new text with a ‘fresh’ eye, and
to forget the themes that had arisen during analysis of previous texts.
When this stage of analysis was complete, themes and clusters across all
transcripts were compared, with particular attention paid to points of convergence and
divergence between the two members of each therapist-client dyad. A final table of
themes and clusters was then compiled (see appendix 5), with regular reference back
to the transcripts in order to preserve the meaning of participants’ statements – IPA,
which has roots in the phenomenology of Husserl and Merleau-Ponty (Smith,
Flowers, & Larkin, 2009), emphasises an idiographic approach to knowledge; it
focuses on the particular. With this in mind, care was taken not to lose sight of
participants’ original utterances.
Credibility
During all stages of the research process, Yardley’s (2000) guidelines on credibility
were considered. Sensitivity to context was important in terms of acknowledging the
‘double hermeneutic’ of IPA and the researcher’s role in co-constructing meaning, and
by grounding analysis in participants’ statements. The study strived to demonstrate
commitment and rigour by following guidelines by Smith et al. (2009) in how to
conduct IPA. Transparency and coherence were displayed through clear descriptions
of methodology and procedure, and by researching an under-examined area, and
conducting a unique study, it is hoped that the current study will have impact and
importance to readers.
All materials, notes, interview transcripts and drafts were retained and ordered
in such a way that an independent observer could trace the process of research,
analysis, and writing (the ‘virtual audit’; Yin, 1989).
Ethical considerations
Conducting psychological research requires consideration of ethics at every stage of
research, from the research design stage through data collection, analysis, write up,
and publication. The BPS (2009, 2010) has published guidelines for practitioners and
researchers, which emphasise that they are to be used as guidance rather than step-by-
step instructions. Reflexivity is paramount, or in other words, ‘thinking is not
62
![Page 63: epubs.surrey.ac.ukepubs.surrey.ac.uk/812369/1/E-thesis 6230279.docx · Web viewIndeed, the word ‘anchor’ has been used to refer to both mindful awareness (Brown, Marquis, &](https://reader035.vdocuments.mx/reader035/viewer/2022081514/5a7123887f8b9ac0538c9d3b/html5/thumbnails/63.jpg)
optional’ (BPS, 2009, p.5). That there is no single method of ensuring that a piece of
research adheres to good ethical practice is borne out by the existence of various
approaches within the field of ethics (Hammersley & Traianou, 2012): deontology
(which focuses on the action itself), consequentialism (which focuses on outcomes),
situationism (which takes an idiographic approach), virtue ethics (which places
emphasis on the character of the actor), and relational ethics (which considers ethics in
terms of relationship).
Brinkmann and Kvale (2008) also discuss the distinction between micro ethics
and macro ethics. The former relate to the researcher’s interaction with participants,
including questions of safety, anonymity, confidentiality, and informed consent. The
latter are concerned with the research’s situation within the wider world, and involve
asking how the findings will be disseminated and applied, and the potential benefits or
harm that could ensue. The ethical considerations taken on by ethics committees are
likely to be questions of micro ethics; therefore there is more onus on researchers to
be mindful of macro ethics (Steffen, 2016).
Engaging with existing ethical frameworks such as those published by the
BPS, and securing approval from a university ethics committee, are just two aspects of
attending to ethics during a research project. Gaining ethical approval does not mean
that the research no longer needs to think about ethics; in fact, it is after this stage that
ethical mindfulness (Bond, 2000) is particularly important as there may be fewer
checks on the progress of the research. This is why it is crucial for researchers to
consider their own moral code and decision making process when carrying out
research, as there might not be hard and fast rules to follow at every stage of the
process. Steffen (2016, p.33) notes that this is particularly so during qualitative
research projects, in which researchers might be more likely to be faced with the
unexpected.
For the qualitative researcher, the importance of reflexivity is even more
pronounced, due to the particularly involved nature of the researcher’s role in shaping
data collection, analysis and presentation. When carrying out interviews as a method
of data gathering, psychologists can employ skills gained from therapeutic practice,
such as empathic reflection. This can serve to build rapport and help interviewees to
feel that they are safe and that they are being heard. There is also the potential for
harm here, though, if the researcher falls prey to the temptation to offer a ‘semi-
63
![Page 64: epubs.surrey.ac.ukepubs.surrey.ac.uk/812369/1/E-thesis 6230279.docx · Web viewIndeed, the word ‘anchor’ has been used to refer to both mindful awareness (Brown, Marquis, &](https://reader035.vdocuments.mx/reader035/viewer/2022081514/5a7123887f8b9ac0538c9d3b/html5/thumbnails/64.jpg)
therapeutic relationship’ (Brinkmann & Kvale, 2008, p.267): Creating a sense of
intimacy between researcher and participant may lead to more personal disclosures
from participants, but may tacitly invite the participant into a relationship that will not
endure after the interview is over. If pre-meditated by the interviewer, this may
amount to an abuse of power; ethical researchers need to remain aware of such
possibilities in order to avoid such a situation arising.
Reflexivity is also of the utmost importance during the process of analysis,
where the power differential between researcher and participant may be even more
pronounced, due to the participant no longer being able to speak for herself or himself.
Due to the ‘invisible’ nature of the process of interpretation, the researcher is in an
especially privileged position at this stage (Doucet & Mauthner, 2012, p.127). A
qualitative researcher will never be able to fully and precisely capture the experience
of another; the process of analysis and interpretation will always result in some
meaning being lost or altered. IPA acknowledges this in its engagement with the
hermeneutic tradition. What is important is transparency about these stages of
research, to minimise the risk of imposing meaning on participants who are not
involved in this stage of research, which, if done recklessly or deliberately, may
amount to what Willig (2012, p.45) terms ‘interpretative violence’.
Ethical approval was sought and granted by the Faculty of Arts & Human
Sciences Ethics Committee at the University of Surrey (see appendix 4). Informed
consent was obtained from participants, who were informed that they retained the
right to withdraw from the research process at any time, without giving a reason. To
preserve the confidentiality of therapy, participants were not asked about the specific
content of therapy sessions (although clients were free to discuss content if they
desired), and therapists were not given access to responses given by their clients, and
vice versa. Recordings and transcripts were coded and stored separately to ensure
anonymity.
Efforts were also made to adhere to the four principles of ethical research as
laid out by the British Psychological Society (BPS, 2010). Respect for the autonomy
and dignity of persons was addressed by gaining informed consent and ensuring that
participants remained anonymous and their confidentiality preserved. The researcher
aimed to maximise the scientific value of the project by following good practice
guidelines (see ‘Credibility’). It is hoped that the study will fulfil the criterion of
64
![Page 65: epubs.surrey.ac.ukepubs.surrey.ac.uk/812369/1/E-thesis 6230279.docx · Web viewIndeed, the word ‘anchor’ has been used to refer to both mindful awareness (Brown, Marquis, &](https://reader035.vdocuments.mx/reader035/viewer/2022081514/5a7123887f8b9ac0538c9d3b/html5/thumbnails/65.jpg)
social responsibility in that the findings can potentially be instructive to therapists
who use mindfulness, or are considering doing so, in their work. Maximising benefit
and minimising harm is the final principle named by the BPS. The researcher aimed to
minimise harm by conducting interviews in a sensitive manner, and informing
participants that they could withdraw from the process at any time. It is also hoped
that the process benefited participants by engaging them in a practice that is designed
to enhance psychological wellbeing. It is worth unpacking these principles further, to
consider how they might apply specifically to the participant groups in this study.
Respect for the autonomy and dignity of persons
This principle is associated with the value statement contained within the BPS Code of
Ethics and Conduct (2009, p.10): ‘Psychologists value the dignity and worth of all
persons, with sensitivity to the dynamics of perceived authority or influence over
clients, and with particular regard to people’s rights including those of privacy and
self-determination.’
An important issue regarding this principle involved recruitment of
participants, which involved first recruiting therapists and then clients through
therapists. This raised questions about power and influence that were considered
during the process of risk assessment (see appendix 6, ‘Risk assessment summary’).
All therapist-client relationships involve a power dynamic, in that the therapist claims
knowledge and experience relative to the client, who is typically seeking help from the
therapist to help with emotional, cognitive, or behavioural problems in his or her life
(Bond, 2000). This dynamic inheres even when the therapist is consciously attempting
to minimise the power differential (Shillito-Clarke, 2010, p.514).
There was a risk, then, that clients might feel pressured by their therapists to
participate in research, or that therapists might worry about being accused of doing so.
These issues were considered during risk assessment, and several measures were put
in place to attempt to minimise these risks. One safeguard was that no payment was
offered to participants, as it might act as an incentive for therapists to encourage client
participation. However, even if there were no direct incentive for therapists, there was
a risk that a therapist might actively encourage a client to take part if they believed it
to be in the client’s best interests. Although such an action might be well-intentioned,
65
![Page 66: epubs.surrey.ac.ukepubs.surrey.ac.uk/812369/1/E-thesis 6230279.docx · Web viewIndeed, the word ‘anchor’ has been used to refer to both mindful awareness (Brown, Marquis, &](https://reader035.vdocuments.mx/reader035/viewer/2022081514/5a7123887f8b9ac0538c9d3b/html5/thumbnails/66.jpg)
this would impinge on the client’s autonomy and represent what Bond (2000) terms
‘parentalism’.
Therefore, when contacting therapists, guidelines were offered as to who might
be willing and suitable to take part. It was recommended that potential participants
should not be in crisis or in acute psychological distress; a recommendation based on
the principle of ‘fair subject selection’, which includes avoiding the recruitment of
more vulnerable members of the population (Emanuel, Wendler, & Grady, 2000,
p.2704). It was also recommended that clients should have been in therapy for a
period of over six months. This last recommendation was based on the rationale that
clients in longer-term therapy would be more likely to have established a robust
therapeutic alliance with their therapist; therefore, they were considered less likely to
feel pressured into participating, and the alliance would be less likely to be affected by
the introduction of an ‘outside element’.
Guidelines were also offered to therapists as to how to speak to them about the
study. Therapists were requested not to ask clients to participate in the study, but
simply to make them aware of it as something they might be interested in, perhaps by
giving them a copy of the study outline. It was emphasised that therapists should make
clear to clients that there was no pressure or expectation to participate.
Another aspect of ethical research practice that is covered by respect for the
autonomy and dignity of persons is informed consent. To obtain informed consent,
participants must be ‘given ample opportunity to understand the nature, purpose and
anticipated consequences of any professional services or research participation’ (BPS,
2009, p.12). Participants were provided with information about mindfulness, the study
and how data would be handled, and assured of their confidentiality and the right to
withdraw from the process at any time. They were invited to ask questions about any
aspect of the research that was unclear or for which they wanted further information.
Informed consent might also involve offering to provide participants with a copy of
the finished research report (Olsen, 2010, p.95). This raised a dilemma in the current
research: doing so would actively expose the responses of therapists and clients to
each other. Although the research would eventually be accessible online, and so this
eventuality could not be guarded against completely, the decision was made not to
offer copies of the research report to participants. A further safeguard against the risk
of participants being identified by someone attending to this research was the removal
66
![Page 67: epubs.surrey.ac.ukepubs.surrey.ac.uk/812369/1/E-thesis 6230279.docx · Web viewIndeed, the word ‘anchor’ has been used to refer to both mindful awareness (Brown, Marquis, &](https://reader035.vdocuments.mx/reader035/viewer/2022081514/5a7123887f8b9ac0538c9d3b/html5/thumbnails/67.jpg)
of the annotated transcript (previously included as an appendix) before publication of
the e-thesis.
Scientific value and social responsibility
According to the BPS (2010, p.9), poorly designed research risks, at the very least,
wasting resources. At worst, it can result in misleading results being published and
cause harm. It also impacts negatively on participants, in that research involving
human participants is only justified (in terms of risk) if it will result in society gaining
knowledge (Emanuel et al., 2000). To carry this point further, even well designed
research can be considered of little or no scientific value if it fails to contribute to
existing knowledge, and is considered a waste of the resources of the researcher, the
provider of funding, and anyone who reads it (Vanderpool, 1995). If a study repeats or
overlaps substantially with previous work and yields results that have already been
accepted within a scientific community, it adds nothing new to the field, and therefore
has not satisfied either of the criteria under consideration here. Scientific value and
social responsibility, then, are intimately linked.
In this study, as stated, the researcher attempted to achieve scientific value by
following an established research protocol, interpretative phenomenological analysis
(IPA; Smith, Flowers, & Larkin, 2009). This provided structure for carrying out
research that was led not by the whims of the researcher, his supervisor, or
participants, but by methodological proposals laid out by highly experienced scholars
in the field of qualitative research.
Also contributing to the scientific value and social responsibility of the
research was that it involved inquiry into a topic that has gained little attention within
the existing literature. There have been many quantitative studies of mindfulness, as
well as some qualitative research. However, it has tended to focus on mindfulness as
practised alone, and often in the context of formalised mindfulness interventions such
as the MBSR and MBCT courses. This study involved a novel focus on joint
mindfulness meditation as practised within therapy sessions, and as such did not
repeat proven results.
67
![Page 68: epubs.surrey.ac.ukepubs.surrey.ac.uk/812369/1/E-thesis 6230279.docx · Web viewIndeed, the word ‘anchor’ has been used to refer to both mindful awareness (Brown, Marquis, &](https://reader035.vdocuments.mx/reader035/viewer/2022081514/5a7123887f8b9ac0538c9d3b/html5/thumbnails/68.jpg)
Maximising benefit and minimising harm
The principles of beneficence and non-maleficence, drawn from moral philosophy,
have long been used to assess the ethicality of research involving human participants
(Bond, 2000). It is accepted that most research involving humans will involve a
degree of risk. There is no universal benchmark for an acceptable level of risk; rather,
this is judged in proportion to the anticipated benefit accruing from the research. This
is known as the risk-benefit ratio (Emanuel et al., 2000), and is covered by articles 18,
20, and 21 of the Declaration of Helsinki (World Medical Association, 1964).
Some of the risks of harm to participants are listed above, under Respect for
the autonomy and dignity of persons, along with strategies aimed at mitigating these
risks. Other potential harm was considered, with relation to the interview process. One
consideration related to the time and location of interviews. Initially it was planned
that interviews would take place after the second therapy session with joint
meditation. Conducting interviews at this time, when memory of the experience was
fresh in participants’ minds, would have contributed to maximising the benefit of the
research in terms of the knowledge being produced. However, conducting interviews
soon after a therapy session might have carried the risk of harm to participants, by
asking them to participate in the research process at a time when they might be in
distress or feeling vulnerable after therapy. The decision was made in this instance to
prioritise the minimisation of harm, and interviews were instead scheduled to take
place within a few days of the final therapy session, rather than immediately
afterwards.
With regard to the interview process itself, it was decided beforehand and
stated explicitly to participants that the researcher would not ask therapists to divulge
details about their clients, and would not ask clients or therapists to reveal explicit
content of therapy sessions. The aim of this was to assure both parties that the
confidentiality of therapy would be protected, and to foster an atmosphere of trust and
safety. I employed ‘ethical mindfulness’ (Bond, 2000) during interviews, by keeping
these issues in mind when asking questions. Whenever possible, I allowed participants
to lead the discussion, and attempted to limit the number of questions I asked. During
interviews I engaged in active listening and used empathy in my responses; it was
hoped that this would encourage participants to expand and reflect on their responses,
68
![Page 69: epubs.surrey.ac.ukepubs.surrey.ac.uk/812369/1/E-thesis 6230279.docx · Web viewIndeed, the word ‘anchor’ has been used to refer to both mindful awareness (Brown, Marquis, &](https://reader035.vdocuments.mx/reader035/viewer/2022081514/5a7123887f8b9ac0538c9d3b/html5/thumbnails/69.jpg)
while providing a safe space and allowing them to remain in control of what they
disclosed (Braun & Clarke, 2013).
A further consideration was the potential for the mindfulness exercise to stir up
emotions in participants. Mindfulness promotes the direction of attention towards
whatever one is feeling in the moment, whether it is positively or negatively valenced,
or neutral. This can sometimes lead to a temporary exacerbation of emotional distress
(Cioffi, 1993). This was taken into account during the risk assessment, and it was
concluded that, as the meditation would take place in the safe space of the therapy
room, with the chance for clients to discuss any distress with their therapist. There was
also potential, of course, for therapists to feel distress after meditating; however, there
was not thought to be a greater risk of this happening than during the course of a
normal therapy session, when what is being discussed can sometimes raise issues that
are sensitive for the therapist. Therapists would also have support systems in place,
including supervision and self-care regimens.
Insufficient consideration was perhaps given to the potential for somatic
activation, however. The guided meditation used in the study was a breathing exercise
titled ‘mindfulness of the breath and body’; what was not apparent to the researcher
was that this exercise could increase anxiety in a person with anxiety relating to the
body, which occurred with one participant during the first meditation. This could be
considered a failing on the part of the researcher. The ethical principle of
responsibility (BPS, 2009, p.19) requires that researchers ‘Consider all research from
the standpoint of research participants, for the purpose of eliminating potential risks to
psychological well-being, physical health, personal values, or dignity.’ Although I had
attempted to uphold this principle during the design of the study and the process of
risk assessment, my failure to address, specifically, the potential for somatic
activation, might have exposed the participant to distress that could have been
mitigated if greater attention had been paid to this possibility.
What I can take from this is that, when conducting research in future, it would
be beneficial to elicit input from a wider range of sources regarding potential for
harm. The risk assessment for this study was carried out in collaboration with my
research supervisor; ideas and information could also have been stimulated from
discussion with peers. Closer consultation with participants with regard to potential
harm would also help to minimise the risk of this harm, or exclude the participant
69
![Page 70: epubs.surrey.ac.ukepubs.surrey.ac.uk/812369/1/E-thesis 6230279.docx · Web viewIndeed, the word ‘anchor’ has been used to refer to both mindful awareness (Brown, Marquis, &](https://reader035.vdocuments.mx/reader035/viewer/2022081514/5a7123887f8b9ac0538c9d3b/html5/thumbnails/70.jpg)
from the research process if this risk was considered greater than the potential for
benefit. Of course, such a discussion would have to be handled sensitively, in order to
preserve respect for the autonomy, privacy, and dignity of participants.
Results
The results of the semi-structured interviews are presented in this section, which
begins with a summary of participants’ understanding and previous experience of
mindfulness. The section continues with a presentation of themes and theme clusters
that were gleaned from the data, before concluding with participants’ remarks about
their overall experience and their expectations for future mindfulness practice.
Experience of joint mindfulness: Themes and clusters
Three superordinate themes were developed from the data: Experience of meditation
within the session, Effects on the therapeutic relationship, and Effects on the process
of therapy. See appendix 5 for a table of the themes.
Experience of meditation within the session
This theme cluster gathers together four themes that related to how participants
experienced the two joint meditations: Heightened awareness, Sensing the other’s
presence, Difference between the two meditations, and Divergent experiences.
Heightened awareness
In keeping with the professed aims and observed effects of mindfulness, participants
reported heightened awareness during the meditation exercise. Much of this awareness
was of bodily sensations, which is perhaps to be expected, given the focus of the
guided meditation on breath and body. Two participants reported that their attention
was directed towards the heart:
70
![Page 71: epubs.surrey.ac.ukepubs.surrey.ac.uk/812369/1/E-thesis 6230279.docx · Web viewIndeed, the word ‘anchor’ has been used to refer to both mindful awareness (Brown, Marquis, &](https://reader035.vdocuments.mx/reader035/viewer/2022081514/5a7123887f8b9ac0538c9d3b/html5/thumbnails/71.jpg)
Claire (therapist): There’s something about the meditation which drop’s one’s consciousness down into… the heart area, or the gut.
Clarissa (client): [I noticed a] slow heart rate. I felt calm.
While, for Clarissa, this bodily awareness was associated with calm, another
participant reported the opposite effect, and that she had actively disregarded the
instructions on the recording in order to lower her anxiety:
Alice (client): I had to change the instructions in my head to be more focused on external things such as if I could hear birds outside… because I don’t like focusing on bodily sensations at all.
Researcher: You’re not so keen on focusing on the body aspect?Alice: Yeah, I find it quite distressing, and I think [so would] anyone with a somatoform related disorder […] I spend half of my life trying to avoid bodily sensations, so I wouldn’t want to sit somewhere and then try and focus on them.
Another participant noted that she was more aware of her surroundings during the
meditation:
Jane (therapist): I was very conscious of all the creaks and groans of the building. [There was] an ice cream van, I could hear the music playing, I’d never noticed it around here before. So we became really conscious of the building, the area slightly around us.
There are potentially contradictory messages in Jane’s response. Viewed from one
perspective, it might seem that this awareness might be better termed ‘distraction’.
‘Creaks’ and ‘groans’ are sounds that one might associate with a haunted house rather
than a modern therapy practice (where the therapy in question took place). Moreover,
ice cream vans, heard through an open window while engaged in a ‘work’ task, are
emblematic of childhood desires to be elsewhere. From an alternative perspective, it is
interesting to note that Jane referred to ‘we’ and ‘us’, suggesting a greater awareness
of the client’s experience (although she did not specify whether this was her felt sense,
or knowledge that she had gained from comparing experiences with the client at the
end of meditation). Awareness of the other during meditation is described in the next
theme.
71
![Page 72: epubs.surrey.ac.ukepubs.surrey.ac.uk/812369/1/E-thesis 6230279.docx · Web viewIndeed, the word ‘anchor’ has been used to refer to both mindful awareness (Brown, Marquis, &](https://reader035.vdocuments.mx/reader035/viewer/2022081514/5a7123887f8b9ac0538c9d3b/html5/thumbnails/72.jpg)
Sensing the other’s presence
Participants also reported that they were aware of the presence of their meditation
partner. Notably, three of the four clients reported lower awareness of the other during
the second meditation, due to familiarity with the process:
Clarissa (client): The knowledge that he was there kept popping back into my mind. But… much less so the second time.
Therapists also described being aware of their client. John, whose client Alice had
experienced the first meditation exercise as distressing (see ‘Divergent experiences’,
below), described increased concern for her welfare during the second exercise:
John (therapist): In the second meditation, I was very aware of the client. I think that was because I was aware of how they had experienced the first meditation, as quite anxiety provoking.
Because he had been unaware of the client’s distress during the first meditation, John
perhaps felt he had to compensate for this by remaining vigilant to her experience
during the second meditation.
Difference between the two meditations
Because mindfulness meditation is an exercise in non-striving, recognition, and
acceptance of what is already there, it is to be expected that each meditation session
will have its unique flavour. Nevertheless it was striking that interviewees reported
finding it easier to engage with the process during the second meditation:
Jane (therapist): I think I did it better the second time.
Researcher: What do you mean by ‘better’? Jane: I think I really did try to focus on my breathing, focus on my body, being part of the environment. Whereas the first time it was harder.
Jane’s statements imply that she perceived a standard against which she measured her
participation in the exercise, placing value judgements on how well she had
‘performed’. One can perhaps also detect some reticence about the first meditation
practice, in that she seems to suggest that she had not ‘tried’ to focus on her breath and
body during the first meditation.
72
![Page 73: epubs.surrey.ac.ukepubs.surrey.ac.uk/812369/1/E-thesis 6230279.docx · Web viewIndeed, the word ‘anchor’ has been used to refer to both mindful awareness (Brown, Marquis, &](https://reader035.vdocuments.mx/reader035/viewer/2022081514/5a7123887f8b9ac0538c9d3b/html5/thumbnails/73.jpg)
Two clients, Alice and Clarissa, described feeling less self-conscious during
the second meditation exercise, and attributed this to being more familiar with the
process. Another result of this familiarity was that, for several participants, the second
meditation exercise seemed shorter, with two participants reporting feeling surprised
when the meditation ended:
Alice (client): The second one didn’t seem to be that long, and I was surprised when it had finished.
Ryan (client): The second time… I remember feeling quite surprised when the bell rang, and thinking, ‘God that went really quickly.’
One way of interpreting this is that, during the first session, participants might have
had concerns that the meditation would intrude into their therapy and reduce the
available time for talking (see the theme ‘Sense of intrusion’). Perhaps, having been
through the experience once and realising that it did not prevent the session from
being used well, participants were less concerned about losing time from the session
and therefore experienced the meditation as shorter.
Divergent experiences
One dyad, John and Alice, experienced the first meditation very differently from each
other. As noted previously, Alice found the mindfulness exercise distressing. This is
how the two participants described the experience:
Dyad 2John (therapist): I was feeling quite relaxed, and quite chilled out, because I’d enjoyed the mindfulness experience. My client was feeling, I think, significantly less relaxed and chilled out, having got a bit activated. Alice (client): In the first session I felt like he really got something out of it and was in a different zone to me, whereas I found it really distressing, so I found that although we’d just gone through the same shared experience, we were worlds apart in a sense. Whereas in the second one it felt like we were kind of more on the same page.
It may be that Alice’s sense of the distance between her experience, and that of her
therapist, added to her anxiety. Certainly, the metaphors she uses demonstrate just
how acutely she felt this distance: She sensed her therapist being in a ‘different zone’,
which is then reconfigured in even bigger terms when she states that they were
73
![Page 74: epubs.surrey.ac.ukepubs.surrey.ac.uk/812369/1/E-thesis 6230279.docx · Web viewIndeed, the word ‘anchor’ has been used to refer to both mindful awareness (Brown, Marquis, &](https://reader035.vdocuments.mx/reader035/viewer/2022081514/5a7123887f8b9ac0538c9d3b/html5/thumbnails/74.jpg)
‘worlds apart’. When recalling her experience of the second meditation, she hints at a
sense of intimacy in using the metaphor of being ‘on the same page’.
Two participants in another dyad, Jane and Ryan, diverged in how they
remembered the experience of meditation. Specifically, both recalled that the first
meditation session had been interrupted, but differed in their accounts of the nature of
this interruption:
Dyad 3Jane (therapist): During the first meditation we had to pause it, because the receptionist was yelling up to check that I’d got my key on me. So yeah… sorry can you repeat the question, I’ve lost my train of thought.
Ryan (client): I think we were 30 seconds in and the phone rang.
Based on their own accounts, Jane and Ryan were the dyad who engaged least with
the meditations, and also who reported least positive outcomes and the most negative
responses to the experience. There is also perhaps a parallel process occurring in
Jane’s description, in that, as she describes the process of meditation being
interrupted, her attention wanders. Although one cannot infer causation, it is
interesting to note, of all four dyads, Jane and Ryan’s descriptions of their respective
experiences seemed to correlate the least with each other (see also Effect on emotional
processes).
Effects on the therapeutic relationship
This superordinate theme encompasses three themes that described relationship
processes during the sessions that began with joint meditation, and how these might
have been influenced by the experience of meditation: Shared experience, Equality,
and Attunement.
Shared experience
The sense of a shared experience was a frequent theme found within participants’
accounts. This was valued by both therapists and clients, who seemed to welcome the
chance to engage in something together:
74
![Page 75: epubs.surrey.ac.ukepubs.surrey.ac.uk/812369/1/E-thesis 6230279.docx · Web viewIndeed, the word ‘anchor’ has been used to refer to both mindful awareness (Brown, Marquis, &](https://reader035.vdocuments.mx/reader035/viewer/2022081514/5a7123887f8b9ac0538c9d3b/html5/thumbnails/75.jpg)
Dyad 2John (therapist): When I’ve done mindfulness practices before there’s always been a sense of there being an agenda, like it’s being pushed on me. With this it was actually nice to be doing something together, it didn’t feel forced.
Alice (client): In the groups I’ve been to before which were therapist-led, they don’t really engage in the process with the rest of the group, so I guess there’s a sense of joint experience, or almost intimacy with the therapist, which made it seem like we were kind of reading from the same page.
Dyad 4Richard (therapist): There’s a richness about the experience of meditating with somebody else… just the presence of somebody else when you’re both doing the same thing… it’s a bit like playing music together or, more extreme, making love. Clarissa (client): There was just a sense of having had a shared experience, and having that now as part of our history, if you like. Part of the history of our relationship.
Aside from any other outcomes, the mere act of doing something in which both
therapist and client assume the same role seems to have been experienced positively
by the majority of participants. Alice’s description of the ‘intimacy’ of meditating
with her therapist is echoed by Richard’s analogies of playing music or making love.
For some dyads, this shared experience was described in terms of ‘teamwork’.
This goes further than simply stating that therapist and client were engaging in a
process together, by conceptualising that process as a task involving mutual support
and shared goals. This sentiment was most clearly expressed by Claire and Maria,
who described it in a noticeably similar way:
Dyad 1Claire (therapist): Doing the meditation together created a sense that we’re a team, we’re in this together.
Maria (client): [I felt] a sense of connection, a sense of ‘she’s there, she’s working with me’
Phrases such as ‘we’re in this together’ suggest, not just a shared experience, but also
a shared challenge. This could be interpreted as a way of responding to the novelty of
the situation, but there is also a parallel with therapeutic work in a wider sense, in that
an meaningful piece of therapy will almost inevitably be experienced, at least some of
the time, as challenging for therapist and client.
75
![Page 76: epubs.surrey.ac.ukepubs.surrey.ac.uk/812369/1/E-thesis 6230279.docx · Web viewIndeed, the word ‘anchor’ has been used to refer to both mindful awareness (Brown, Marquis, &](https://reader035.vdocuments.mx/reader035/viewer/2022081514/5a7123887f8b9ac0538c9d3b/html5/thumbnails/76.jpg)
Equality
Going further still, an idea that was expressed by several participants was that
engaging in meditation together fostered a sense of equality between therapist and
client:
Dyad 2John (therapist): In therapy in general… there’s always one of you who is the client and one who is the therapist, and there’s a different dynamic, you’re in different roles. With this it was nice to be doing the same thing together. So in that sense, I think it brought us closer together.
Alice (client): Sometimes with the groups it feels like there’s some kind of power dynamic or something, where you’ve got the group leaders who are the psychologists, and they are leading you into an experience which it feels like they are in charge of, whereas this felt a lot more natural and shared, which… I think it did change the therapist-client dynamic slightly.
Clarissa (client): I think there was something bonding about the experience. I think it’s a nice ‘equal’ thing to do… There’s an equalising element to it.
Researcher: And do you think, in general, that’s not the case in therapy? Clarissa: Yeah I do think it’s not the case in therapy. I think that there is a power dynamic… one [person] offering healing and the other seeking it. And there’s a difference there. And there’s something about this that sort of made us the same.
Participants used the phrase ‘power dynamic’ to describe the respective roles of
therapist and client, which implies the ‘difference’ mentioned by Clarissa. For this
client, engaging in joint mindfulness practice dissolved the boundary between her
therapist and herself to some extent, and made them more ‘the same’. For Alice,
listening to a recording with her therapist felt more natural than being guided by a
mental health professional.
Attunement
‘Attunement’ was a theme that emerged in several participants’ accounts, and was
described in various ways. Some participants described it in terms of rhythm or pace:
Dyad 4Richard (therapist): I think we kind of tuned into each other, so we both got into the same level of being […]
Researcher: When you say you tuned into the same thing, what level does that work on? Would it be a conscious tuning in, or unconscious?
76
![Page 77: epubs.surrey.ac.ukepubs.surrey.ac.uk/812369/1/E-thesis 6230279.docx · Web viewIndeed, the word ‘anchor’ has been used to refer to both mindful awareness (Brown, Marquis, &](https://reader035.vdocuments.mx/reader035/viewer/2022081514/5a7123887f8b9ac0538c9d3b/html5/thumbnails/77.jpg)
Richard: I think both… I imagine it probably goes through the breathing quite a lot… Not consciously, necessarily, but as you both calm down and both slow down, I think you feed back from one another about the deeper relaxation that you’re getting into… there was a calmness in the session after the meditation, so there was a sense of things having continued to slow down, and also thoughts being more clear.
Clarissa (client): I was calmer and so, I suppose, a little more slow. A little slower paced in my thinking and speaking.
Richard interpreted this in terms of unconscious processes, with therapist and client
feeding information back to each other unconsciously. He seems to suggest that this
attunement may have remained below consciousness during the session, and was only
apparent on later reflection.
For Claire and Maria, attunement represented heightened empathy and
understanding:
Dyad 1Claire (therapist): I have a sense that when two people sit together in a guided meditation, there is a kind of attunement that happens, quite naturally. Which is really important in working psychotherapeutically, to be able to get on a wavelength with a client… You ‘get it’ more readily.
Maria (client): We are on the same wavelength. We are on the same topic, she is not guessing how I feel, what’s going on. She… was there with me… she was really understanding me.
It is interesting to note that both therapist and client here use the word ‘wavelength’ to
describe their sense of attunement. As with Richard and Clarissa, there appears to be
an unconscious process at work. The therapist perceives that she understands the
client more readily, and the client perceives that she is understood, and this
phenomenon is experienced by therapist and client, without either necessarily
remarking on it.
Effects on the process of therapy
This cluster comprises six themes that related to the process of therapy, and how this
might have been affected by the experience of joint meditation: Being vs doing,
Focus, Going deeper, Effect on cognitive processes, Effect on emotional processes,
and Sense of intrusion.
77
![Page 78: epubs.surrey.ac.ukepubs.surrey.ac.uk/812369/1/E-thesis 6230279.docx · Web viewIndeed, the word ‘anchor’ has been used to refer to both mindful awareness (Brown, Marquis, &](https://reader035.vdocuments.mx/reader035/viewer/2022081514/5a7123887f8b9ac0538c9d3b/html5/thumbnails/78.jpg)
Being vs doing
Mindfulness privileges the ‘being mode’ over the ‘doing mode’ (Kabat-Zinn, 2004).
This distinction between these two modes of existence is demonstrated by one of the
dyads, John and Alice. CBT practitioner John expressed ambivalence about the
benefits of meditating within a therapy session. He valued the novelty of this shift
from doing to being:
John (therapist): It was an interesting way to start the session, from the perspective I guess of not launching in directly to grilling someone about what’s going on, how have they been...
…but shared his doubts about whether mindfulness practice engages enough with the
doing mode:
John (therapist): You need to be actually doing something with it there in the session, creating something new, sticking your hand down the toilet. Whereas a lot of the literature, I feel, seems to be saying it’s enough to just be aware, to be in the present moment in a spirit of non-judgement. But it’s not enough.
John’s ‘toilet’ metaphor implies that a mindfulness-based approach to therapy is not
active enough, and perhaps a little on the ‘safe’ side. John’s client, Alice, meanwhile,
found it difficult during the first meditation to enter the being mode:
Alice (client): The first [mindfulness exercise] seemed a bit more like a trial to endure, rather than the second one [which] seemed like a more relaxing space.
Her word choice suggests the distinction between doing (‘trial to endure’) and being
(‘relaxing space’). Although the client depicted this shift from doing to being in
positive terms, her therapist did not seem to experience it in the same way. In fact, the
metaphors he uses, of the toilet and of ‘grilling’ the client, suggest a directive
approach to therapy perhaps at odds with the ‘being’ mode promoted by mindfulness.
Focus
For several participants in the current study, engaging in joint mindfulness seems to
have had a significant effect on the focus of therapy sessions. This manifested for
some as a heightened sense of focus, and led in some cases to a shift of focus. For
78
![Page 79: epubs.surrey.ac.ukepubs.surrey.ac.uk/812369/1/E-thesis 6230279.docx · Web viewIndeed, the word ‘anchor’ has been used to refer to both mindful awareness (Brown, Marquis, &](https://reader035.vdocuments.mx/reader035/viewer/2022081514/5a7123887f8b9ac0538c9d3b/html5/thumbnails/79.jpg)
Claire and Maria, there was more focus in the sessions with meditation than in the
middle session without the exercise:
Dyad 1Claire (therapist): The two sessions where we did the mindfulness practice actually led into quite focused pieces of work, whereas the middle session was a bit more scattered, it was a bit more of a catalogue of things… our felt sense was that space opened up.Maria (client): I was more relaxed, I was able to focus and talk about something, or talk about one thing, not necessarily a hundred things – because that’s what happened in the second session when we didn’t do the exercises.
Maria also reported that the second joint mindfulness exercise seemed to change her
intentions as regards topic matter for the session:
Maria (client): We did the meditation, and… there you go, something has shifted again… I actually noticed that I don’t want to talk about the interviews, I want to talk about something else that happened that week, which was about relationships.
Perhaps significantly, following a joint meditation with her therapist, the new focus of
the session was on relationships.
Another participant, Ryan, reported that relationship issues came to the fore
after engaging in meditation. In this instance, his relationship with his therapist Jane
became a topic of the first session that began with mindfulness practice:
Ryan (client): It was the first time I’d felt strong feelings of irritation with her in the room, of her almost being the bad object. And that irritation became part of the session, quite an important part… you could say perhaps it played a part, perhaps the openness to be there, the space of giving 10 minutes allowed this to come up.
Both Maria and Ryan seem to be talking about prioritising what they wanted to speak
about during the therapy sessions. Their wording is interesting, as the shift in focus is
depicted not as a conscious decision on their part, but almost as an organic
‘emergence’ of the critical issue: ‘something has shifted’ (Maria); ‘allowed this to
come up’ (Ryan). In this sense, Ryan’s use of the word ‘space’ is noteworthy, and
echoes Claire’s statement that ‘space opened up’, and also Alice’s description of a
‘relaxing space’ (see Being vs Doing). It could be that this substitution of the being
mode for the doing mode provides space within the session for important issues to
emerge.
79
![Page 80: epubs.surrey.ac.ukepubs.surrey.ac.uk/812369/1/E-thesis 6230279.docx · Web viewIndeed, the word ‘anchor’ has been used to refer to both mindful awareness (Brown, Marquis, &](https://reader035.vdocuments.mx/reader035/viewer/2022081514/5a7123887f8b9ac0538c9d3b/html5/thumbnails/80.jpg)
Going deeper
For one of the dyads, Claire and Maria, this ‘space’ that opened up in the session
allowed therapist and client to explore issues in more depth:
Dyad 1Claire (therapist): It felt as if the work dropped more quickly… into something about core beliefs, core scripts. Something a bit more under the radar came to the fore in that session. Maria (client): It seemed like my therapist was able to think as well with me, and ask me the right questions for us to explore things, and get deeper.
Both therapist and client acknowledge the greater depth, but attribute it to different
causes. Maria attributed the depth to the attunement described in theme cluster 2, and
her therapist’s increased ability to ‘ask the right questions’. For Claire, this depth
came about because meditation facilitated access to unconscious processes:
Claire (therapist): Meditation opens that gateway into that realm where one can access some of the wisdom that is locked away most of the time in the unconscious.
As a psychodynamic psychotherapist, Claire is accustomed to thinking about the
unconscious, and aspects of the client’s internal world that may be hidden from the
client herself (‘under the radar’). It appears that her interpretation of mindfulness is
influenced by the theoretical framework she employs in therapy sessions.
Effect on cognitive processes
The influence of theoretical approach was also apparent among those dyads (John and
Alice, Jane and Ryan) working within the CBT model. The following exchange with
Alice, who has been in long-term CBT, is instructive:
Alice (client): I think in the second session that we did it I became more mindful than the first session.
Researcher: Okay, so ‘more mindful’ means, to you…?Alice: Just more in the present moment I suppose in the sense my thoughts did really slow down. I felt more detached from value judgements. In the first session that we had I suppose a lot of the thoughts that were going through my mind were concerned
80
![Page 81: epubs.surrey.ac.ukepubs.surrey.ac.uk/812369/1/E-thesis 6230279.docx · Web viewIndeed, the word ‘anchor’ has been used to refer to both mindful awareness (Brown, Marquis, &](https://reader035.vdocuments.mx/reader035/viewer/2022081514/5a7123887f8b9ac0538c9d3b/html5/thumbnails/81.jpg)
with what my therapist thought of me, or what he was thinking at the time, doing this exercise. Whereas the second time I don’t remember having those thoughts.
It appears that, because cognition is the salient aspect of Alice’s work with her
therapist, it is the prism through which she views the effects of mindfulness
meditation. This was also noticeable in Jane and Ryan’s interpretation of mindfulness:
Dyad 3Jane (therapist): I look at it as trying to ground yourself… trying to slow down our thought processes when they run away from us.
Ryan (client): I think I kind of use it as a technique to access thoughts.
Although they both focus on cognitive elements, there is a subtle difference in how
they understand the relationship between mindfulness and thoughts. Jane focused on
regaining control over thought processes, while Ryan spoke of the greater awareness
of cognitions made possible by mindfulness.
Effect on emotional processes
As previously discussed, Ryan described heightened emotion during the session, in
the form of irritation with his therapist, and speculated that this may have arisen as a
result of the meditation. For other participants, meditating within the session seems to
have had the opposite effect. Maria attributed the clearer focus of her session to a
calming of emotions:
Maria (client): Somehow I think mindfulness must have helped me to… calm down my anxiety levels or my emotions… and then [I was] able to think and feel what is most important.
Richard and Clarissa also described lower levels of emotion during the sessions that
began with joint meditation:
Dyad 4Richard (therapist): [In the first session] we ended up talking a little bit abstractedly, a little bit theoretically, in a way that I wouldn’t normally talk in a session with that client. And then, weirdly and interestingly, there was another change after the second meditation, which was that we ended up talking about quite a lot of practicalities.
Clarissa (client): I actually noticed that they were a bit less, perhaps less emotional than normal… It was as if emotional stuff didn’t come up in those sessions, and
81
![Page 82: epubs.surrey.ac.ukepubs.surrey.ac.uk/812369/1/E-thesis 6230279.docx · Web viewIndeed, the word ‘anchor’ has been used to refer to both mindful awareness (Brown, Marquis, &](https://reader035.vdocuments.mx/reader035/viewer/2022081514/5a7123887f8b9ac0538c9d3b/html5/thumbnails/82.jpg)
whether that’s because of what’s happening in my life at the moment, or whether it’s because of the meditation, I couldn’t say.
While Clarissa was reluctant to attribute this to the meditation, Richard was more
explicit about what he saw as the mechanisms at work:
Richard (therapist): I think that, when you’re meditating, and you have those thoughts that come in and you just gently push them away, and you focus back on, in this case your breathing… that, on the one hand, calms you down, but on the other hand I think can have the effect of distancing you from the emotional content of the thoughts and the images. And in a normal therapy session, it would be those images, thoughts, reverie, which would be the doorway into the emotional connectedness with the client.
Like Claire, Richard works within the psychodynamic approach, but whereas Claire
saw meditation as opening the ‘gateway’ into the unconscious and therefore a deeper
understanding of the client, Richard, using the similar metaphor of a ‘doorway’,
suggested that meditation might close down certain avenues of exploration because of
lowered emotion.
Sense of intrusion
A final theme that was found within the responses of three of the dyads was that
engaging in the current study was felt, to varying degrees, as an intrusion into the
process of therapy. Jane and Ryan described a sense that the joint mindfulness
exercises were not aimed at enhancing their experience in the therapy room, but rather
were for research purposes. In their description of the experience of meditation, it is
notable that the members of this dyad seemed to see the meditations as separate from
the therapy sessions, and not part of them.
Dyad 3Jane (therapist): It felt as if it had got in the way of our session instead of it being part of the session.
Ryan (client): It felt like it was almost getting in the way of what we were there for.
Both participants here express the idea of the meditation obstructing (‘got/getting in
the way’) what were presumably considered to be more important activities.
82
![Page 83: epubs.surrey.ac.ukepubs.surrey.ac.uk/812369/1/E-thesis 6230279.docx · Web viewIndeed, the word ‘anchor’ has been used to refer to both mindful awareness (Brown, Marquis, &](https://reader035.vdocuments.mx/reader035/viewer/2022081514/5a7123887f8b9ac0538c9d3b/html5/thumbnails/83.jpg)
Another way in which joint meditation was portrayed as obstructing the
process of therapy is that, for some dyads, the meditation itself became the topic of the
session for a period after the exercises, and some participants were concerned about
the time meditation took up within the sessions. Claire did, however, offer a
counterpoint:
Claire (therapist): Eight minutes is quite a big chunk of a 50-minute session. But I will remember that felt sense of the session being quite spacious after starting it in that way.
For Claire, there is a trade-off, in that the time ‘lost’ to the mindfulness exercise was
recouped in the sense that it allowed space for important thoughts, feelings, and issues
to arise.
Participants’ concluding remarks
At the end of interviews, participants were asked if they had any future plans to
practise mindfulness, and were given the chance to add any further thoughts. In
general, interviewees offered positive remarks about their experience of joint
meditation, tempered with reservations regarding the practicality of introducing it into
therapy sessions on a regular basis. Of the therapists, only Jane said that the
experience of meditating with her client had had no positive effect. John
acknowledged the potential benefits for his practice of engaging in personal
mindfulness practice, but expressed doubt that he would have time to do so:
John (therapist): In terms of the therapy, I would like to be able to have that time to clear my thoughts, or at least slow them down a bit and be able to assess where I am. But… if you have a full day of clients, where do you fit it in?
Richard shared his thoughts about who might benefit from joint meditation with a
therapist, and who would not:
Richard (therapist): I think the sorts of techniques that my client and I were doing would be very useful with an anxious patient who was being flooded, and rather counterproductive to somebody who was already a bit closed off, a bit schizoid and a bit detached.
83
![Page 84: epubs.surrey.ac.ukepubs.surrey.ac.uk/812369/1/E-thesis 6230279.docx · Web viewIndeed, the word ‘anchor’ has been used to refer to both mindful awareness (Brown, Marquis, &](https://reader035.vdocuments.mx/reader035/viewer/2022081514/5a7123887f8b9ac0538c9d3b/html5/thumbnails/84.jpg)
Claire, who prior to taking part in the study, had occasionally used spontaneous
breathing exercises with clients, suggested that she might introduce planned
meditation to her work:
Claire (therapist): I’m quite grateful to you for actually putting this discipline on my client and me to try this out… The thing that I think might be different for me now is I might be more experimental about consciously planning, with the client, to structure in some meditation… Just take some time, and actually to be quite generous with the time.
Of the clients, Alice in particular said that she had appreciated the process of
meditating with her therapist, and pointed out that such an exercise could assist in
starting off sessions as a joint venture:
Alice (client): The therapist has been in their room the whole day, just talking to various clients or doing their work or whatever. The client has just come in off the street having had travelling or something so… quite a different experience. So to share something could really facilitate a session I think, potentially.
She also suggested a shorter meditation of three or four minutes, to lessen the impact
on the session in terms of time taken. Clarissa and Maria described the ‘benefits’ of
mindfulness practice, but again noted that time taken for joint meditation was felt as
taking time from the therapeutic work, which they suggested could benefit from
clients meditating individually outside of sessions. Ryan emphasised that for joint
mindfulness practice to be beneficial to therapeutic work, it must be a joint decision
on the part of therapist and client:
Ryan (client): I think it’s a very interesting premise, to do this. I think it has to be something that therapists and clients agree together would be helpful.
Discussion
Most previous studies on the effects of mindfulness have focused on longer-term
interventions such as MBCT or MBSR. Given that this research only involved two
eight-minute meditations, it was not expected that participants would report
significant changes to their own interpersonal functioning. Instead, the focus was on
84
![Page 85: epubs.surrey.ac.ukepubs.surrey.ac.uk/812369/1/E-thesis 6230279.docx · Web viewIndeed, the word ‘anchor’ has been used to refer to both mindful awareness (Brown, Marquis, &](https://reader035.vdocuments.mx/reader035/viewer/2022081514/5a7123887f8b9ac0538c9d3b/html5/thumbnails/85.jpg)
how meditating together might effect changes to the relationship between therapist
and client and the process of therapy.
The research questions presented at the end of the introduction will now be
considered in turn.
How do therapists and clients experience brief, in-session joint mindfulness
practice, in terms of the therapeutic relationship and the process of therapy?
This study, which took a phenomenological approach, sought to capture each
participant’s experience of engaging in joint mindfulness practice, and therefore
answers to this question are necessarily diverse. Nevertheless, certain themes emerged
repeatedly in several interviews.
Therapists were unsurprisingly vigilant to the wellbeing of their clients, and
were perhaps therefore less able to engage fully in the meditations. As an illustration,
two clients said that they were only initially aware of their therapist’s presence during
the meditations, with a third commenting that their awareness of the therapist was
significantly lower in the second meditation. Therapists seemed more aware of their
client’s presence in both meditations, and all the way through.
In terms of the effect on clients, it was postulated in the introduction that the
higher attentional control and emotion regulation associated with mindfulness (Arch
& Craske, 2006; Hölzel et al., 2013) might help clients to identify issues to work on,
and to tolerate difficult emotions aroused during a session. Two clients (Maria and
Clarissa) reported that the mindfulness exercise led to feelings of calm within the
session. In Maria’s case, this sense of relaxation allowed her to identify the issue she
wanted to bring to the therapy session, leading to a shift of focus. The Results section
of this paper separated cognitive and emotional elements into two themes; however,
perhaps this is unrepresentative of what occurs in psychological therapy. Mindfulness
involves an integration of cognitive and emotional processes, in that practising
mindfulness involves consciously attending to emotions while maintaining an
observational stance that, it is claimed, allows for greater tolerance of negative
emotional states. This is also the logic of therapeutic approaches that focus on
emotional processing (Greenberg, 2002).
Siegel (2007) hypothesises that achieving an optimum balance between
cognition and affect involves neural integration between right-brain and left-brain
85
![Page 86: epubs.surrey.ac.ukepubs.surrey.ac.uk/812369/1/E-thesis 6230279.docx · Web viewIndeed, the word ‘anchor’ has been used to refer to both mindful awareness (Brown, Marquis, &](https://reader035.vdocuments.mx/reader035/viewer/2022081514/5a7123887f8b9ac0538c9d3b/html5/thumbnails/86.jpg)
functions, which he suggests, based on neuroscientific research (e.g. Halpern,
Güntürkün, Hopkins, & Rogers, 2005), are broadly responsible for processing that is
holistic, somatic, and proximal to stimuli (right brain), and linguistic, logical, and
distal in relation to stimuli (left brain). He further argues that mindfulness meditation
aids neural integration because it involves shifting between the two modes of
perception (i.e. when the meditator notices the mind wandering to thoughts and value
judgements (left brain), s/he redirects attention towards the body (right brain)).
In contrast to Maria and Clarissa, Alice and Ryan reported higher emotions
during and after the first joint meditation. Guided meditation that focuses on the body
may be contraindicated for clients such as Alice, with a somatoform anxiety disorder,
although she did report greater feelings of calm and ‘slower thoughts’ following the
second meditation when she focused her attention outwards. Ryan described a sense
of irritation emerging during the meditation, and suggested that the exercise allowed
the space for these feelings to be noticed. The experiences of Maria and Ryan, who
reported a shift in, respectively, focus and emotional content, perhaps echo Larry
Rosenberg’s (1998, p.15) analogy of mindfulness being a ‘mirror’ that reflects what is
already there.
In terms of relationship factors, all of the dyads except Jane and Ryan said that
they valued the shared experience of meditating together, which seemed to reduce the
perceived distance between the roles of therapist and client. This led to a sense of
being in a team, of equality between therapist and client, and of attunement. This latter
concept appears to be key for the establishment of an effective therapeutic
relationship, and Bruce, Manber, Shapiro, and Constantino (2010, p.83) propose it as a
central mutative element of therapy that can ‘promote greater well-being, and increase
the patient’s ability to form and maintain interpersonal relationships.’ The sense of
equality fostered by the exercise is also relevant to the therapeutic relationship,
particularly the ‘person-to-person’ aspect of the therapeutic relationship described by
Clarkson (2003). This is not to suggest that meditating together is the best (or only)
way to reduce the perceived power distance between therapist and client, but it does
suggest that, if therapists are able to establish a sense of joint endeavour, benefits may
accrue to the therapeutic relationship.
Other effects on the process of therapy included a slower pace, and a perceived
shift from the doing mode to the being mode, both of which have been reported effects
86
![Page 87: epubs.surrey.ac.ukepubs.surrey.ac.uk/812369/1/E-thesis 6230279.docx · Web viewIndeed, the word ‘anchor’ has been used to refer to both mindful awareness (Brown, Marquis, &](https://reader035.vdocuments.mx/reader035/viewer/2022081514/5a7123887f8b9ac0538c9d3b/html5/thumbnails/87.jpg)
of mindfulness training of therapists in qualitative studies by Schure, Christopher, and
Christopher (2008) and McCollum and Gehart (2010). Participants in a study by
Bihari and Mullan (2014) of the interpersonal effects of MBCT reported that they
were less likely to try to ‘fix’ the problems of others and more able to ‘be with’ those
in distress. This combination of an observer’s stance with empathic understanding
addresses two important components of the therapist’s role.
Do therapists and clients perceive the experience of joint meditation differently?
One striking feature of the interview transcripts was how frequently therapists and
clients used the same terminology to describe their experiences. Claire and Maria
described being on the same ‘wavelength’; John and Alice, the same ‘page’. Aside
from this common phrasing (which may have been the result of therapist and client
discussing their experiences after the exercises), it was notable that therapists and
clients were very close in their descriptions of what happened during these sessions.
The exception is Jane and Ryan, who, of the four dyads, reported the least
positive effects of meditating together, and were also the most divergent in their
descriptions. For instance, Ryan spoke extensively of feelings of irritation that arose
within the first session that began with mindfulness, and suggested that the meditation
had provided the space for these feelings to emerge. Jane, in her account, described no
changes in the relationship or the process of therapy. Similarly, the experience of
interruption to the meditation was remembered differently (see Divergent
experiences).
A possible interpretation of this relates to the attunement described previously.
Those participants who seemed to engage most fully with the mindfulness exercise
were more attuned to their own experience, and to that of their partner, so that even
when these experiences differed greatly, as with John and Alice’s first meditation, this
was acknowledged and processed within the session, which itself may have been a
bonding experience. In Alice’s words, ‘it was a shared experience – we obviously
both had different experiences from it, but there was an overarching sharing.’
The concept of attunement is discussed frequently in literature on attachment,
and appears to be crucial for the development of a secure attachment bond between
parent and infant, as well as for the establishment of a strong therapeutic relationship
87
![Page 88: epubs.surrey.ac.ukepubs.surrey.ac.uk/812369/1/E-thesis 6230279.docx · Web viewIndeed, the word ‘anchor’ has been used to refer to both mindful awareness (Brown, Marquis, &](https://reader035.vdocuments.mx/reader035/viewer/2022081514/5a7123887f8b9ac0538c9d3b/html5/thumbnails/88.jpg)
(one in which client and therapist feel able to sit with and explore painful emotions, in
which the client feels their needs are being met, and which misunderstandings or
mistakes by the therapist do not lead to rupture of the therapeutic alliance). This is
what Gergely and Watson (1996) describe as ‘affect mirroring’, and Fonagy and
Target (1997) as ‘reflective function’. What seems important is that the caregiver (or
in the context of therapy, the practitioner) does not mirror affect too closely, but
maintains a ‘just right’ level of involvement with the other’s emotions, such that the
emotion is regulated. If an emotion such as anxiety is reflected too closely, this
confirms and accentuates the perception of threat to the infant (or client). If it is
reflected to an insufficient degree, this communicates that the caregiver is unavailable
and emotionally uninvolved. These two situations can be mapped conceptually onto
the preoccupied and dismissing attachment styles.
The notion that a moderate level of affect mirroring is optimal is supported by
research linking moderate levels of attunement between parent and child to secure
attachment at one year (Beebe, Lachmann, & Jaffe, 1997). We can draw a conceptual
link here to Rogers’ (1957, p.98) definition of empathy: ‘To sense the client’s private
world as if it were your own, but without ever losing the “as if” quality’. To provide
support to the client, the therapist must not become caught up in the client’s affect,
while also taking care to avoid giving the impression of being emotionally detached.
A potential avenue for future research might be aimed at exploring the links between
therapist mindfulness, therapist-client attunement, and in-session phenomena such as
depth of exploration.
Are therapy sessions that begin with a joint mindfulness meditation qualitatively
different from those that do not?
Differences perceived as positive by participants included sharper focus, a greater
sense of attunement or connection between therapist and client, changes in topic or
depth of exploration, slower pace, and changes in emotion. Less desirable outcomes
included higher distress and a sense of intrusion into therapy.
It is impossible to say for sure that these differences arose as the result of
mindfulness. The very act of introducing a new element into therapy might have been
the catalyst for changes, particularly as all dyads had been together for at least 18
months, and would therefore presumably have an established way of working.
88
![Page 89: epubs.surrey.ac.ukepubs.surrey.ac.uk/812369/1/E-thesis 6230279.docx · Web viewIndeed, the word ‘anchor’ has been used to refer to both mindful awareness (Brown, Marquis, &](https://reader035.vdocuments.mx/reader035/viewer/2022081514/5a7123887f8b9ac0538c9d3b/html5/thumbnails/89.jpg)
Participants may also have been more sensitive to any differences, in the knowledge
that they were taking part in research. The responses of participants within this study
nevertheless suggest that therapy sessions that begin with a joint meditation are
experienced differently to those that do not.
Critical engagement with analysis
As stated above, an important point that limits the claims that can be made in this
discussion is that it is difficult to state definitively that any of the observed phenomena
were the direct result of joint meditation between therapist and client. Indeed, it is
frequently claimed that cultivating mindfulness requires regular, long-term practice
(Kabat-Zinn, 2016), and some of the most pronounced results, in terms of self-
reported mindfulness, performance on attentional response tasks, and neuroscientific
studies, are found among long-term, experienced meditators (Lutz et al., 2004;
Treadway & Lazar, 2009). Nonetheless, there is some evidence that brief mindfulness
exercises can have salutary effects even when practised in isolation (Alberts &
Thewissen, 2011) or on a short-term basis (Zeidan, Gordon, Merchant, & Goolkasian,
2009).
A limitation of the current research base on mindfulness is that many studies
are decontextualised; either because they introduce components of mindfulness (such
as attention and acceptance) in isolation, or because they are removed from settings
where mindfulness interventions would normally take place. This study attempts to
recontextualise mindfulness by situating the intervention in the therapy session.
However, other factors position the exercise outside of the normal parameters of
therapy: participants were aware that they were taking part in research, and so the
meditation was somewhat denatured. Furthermore, mindfulness interventions in a
normal therapeutic context are likely to be guided by therapists; it is unlikely that
many therapeutic dyads engage in joint meditation that is guided by a third party (in
this study, the meditation recording).
This limitation of the study has implications for how we can interpret the
findings and apply the knowledge gained. IPA incorporates a critical realist
epistemology, and as such its aim is not to produce universal laws (Alvesson &
Sköldberg, 2010, p.40). Rather, it is concerned with the production of contextualised
89
![Page 90: epubs.surrey.ac.ukepubs.surrey.ac.uk/812369/1/E-thesis 6230279.docx · Web viewIndeed, the word ‘anchor’ has been used to refer to both mindful awareness (Brown, Marquis, &](https://reader035.vdocuments.mx/reader035/viewer/2022081514/5a7123887f8b9ac0538c9d3b/html5/thumbnails/90.jpg)
knowledge (Madill, Jordan, & Shirley, 2000; Larkin, Watts, & Clifton, 2006). As a
counterpoint, Smith (2004) cites Warnock (1987) in arguing that an intense focus on
the particular can lead to insights about the universal. So, while a valid criticism of the
methodology applied in the current research is that the context is narrow, this does not
mean that the results gained from this study cannot be applied to a wider context. This
study, then, can tell us something about what happens when a new element (in this
case, joint meditation) is introduced to an established therapeutic context, as well as
providing knowledge about how inducing mindful states in therapists and clients
might influence how the session subsequently unfolds.
A criticism that has been levelled at IPA is that, because it does not prescribe
fixed methods, replication of IPA studies is impossible (Giorgi, 2011). It is true that
IPA does not offer a step-by-step procedure for data analysis; some prominent IPA
proponents have even suggested that it is more useful to view IPA as not so much a
‘method’ but rather a ‘stance’ (Larkin, Watts, & Clifton, 2006, p.104). However, IPA
places emphasis on the constructed nature of knowledge and the unique contribution
made, not just by the participant, but also the researcher and the interaction between
each participant with the researcher. When considering this, aspiring to create
replicable results is incongruent with taking an interpretivist approach such as IPA.
Limitations
Limitations of the current study include the fact that none of the participants was new
to the practice of meditation, and so each would have brought to the study their own
presuppositions: Those already favourably disposed to mindfulness might have
experienced the meditations most positively. Equally, those for whom mindfulness
had slightly negative connotations (some participants described it as ‘trendy’, and one
questioned the evidence behind some of the claims made for mindfulness) might have
had less positive experiences. Measuring participants’ opinion of mindfulness might
have been instructive when viewed in the context of their experience of joint
mindfulness.
It should also be noted that cultivating a mindful attitude takes time, and there
is evidence to suggest that mindful qualities such as non-reactivity are more present
among experienced meditators as compared to novice meditators (Taylor et al., 2011).
90
![Page 91: epubs.surrey.ac.ukepubs.surrey.ac.uk/812369/1/E-thesis 6230279.docx · Web viewIndeed, the word ‘anchor’ has been used to refer to both mindful awareness (Brown, Marquis, &](https://reader035.vdocuments.mx/reader035/viewer/2022081514/5a7123887f8b9ac0538c9d3b/html5/thumbnails/91.jpg)
The current study focused on the experience of participating in joint mindfulness
meditations, then, rather than the effects of heightened mindfulness per se.
Furthermore, by introducing guided meditation practice into therapy sessions, these
sessions would necessarily have had a different ‘feel’ for therapist and client. Caution
should be taken when interpreting observed changes in the session, as to whether they
were the result of meditating together, or simply an effect of a change in routine for
the therapeutic dyad.
Another limitation is that it was difficult for some participants to remember the
experience of therapy sessions. As Heidegger (1927/1978) notes, reflection on a
particular experience requires some degree of detachment from that experience;
obviously this is not desirable within a therapy session, for therapist or client. Two
participants made notes on their experiences in this study; perhaps future studies
might suggest this to all participants in order to secure a more ‘experience near’
(Kohut, 1978) account of the effects of joint meditation.
Conclusion
The novel experience of meditating together within the therapy room elicited a range
of responses from participants. A reported positive outcome was that joint
mindfulness practice seemed to reduce the ‘distance’ between therapist and client,
leading in some cases to feelings of attunement, equality, and a greater sense of being
understood. This has potential implications for clients who are experiencing trust
issues, such as those with an insecure attachment style. Several participants also
reported that meditation helped them to focus their attention and to ‘slow down’,
which for some allowed important issues to emerge within the therapy room. Perhaps
such an exercise could assist with Bion’s (1967) advice to begin each session ‘without
memory, desire, or understanding.’
It is clear, however, that joint mindfulness is not a panacea to be introduced
into any therapeutic situation. These results suggest that therapist and client must be
open and willing to engage in the process of meditating together. If the client feels that
the meditation has been imposed upon them, this could actually be counter-productive
to the therapeutic relationship. Additionally, caution should be taken with individuals
91
![Page 92: epubs.surrey.ac.ukepubs.surrey.ac.uk/812369/1/E-thesis 6230279.docx · Web viewIndeed, the word ‘anchor’ has been used to refer to both mindful awareness (Brown, Marquis, &](https://reader035.vdocuments.mx/reader035/viewer/2022081514/5a7123887f8b9ac0538c9d3b/html5/thumbnails/92.jpg)
who, like Alice, might experience an inappropriately focused mindfulness exercise as
distressing. Some participants also expressed resistance to the idea of their therapy
time being taken up by an apparently passive activity. Interestingly, despite the
theoretical overlap between mindfulness and CBT that has led to mindfulness-based
approaches such as MBCT and ACT being considered part of the ‘third wave’ of CBT
approaches, it was the CBT therapists in this study who were most sceptical of the
idea of introducing formal joint meditation into sessions. For these participants,
mindfulness meditation, at least in the form it took in this study, was considered not
‘active’ enough.
Despite these caveats, this study has demonstrated that introducing joint
mindfulness meditation into therapy sessions, where appropriate, could have
beneficial effects for therapeutic relationship and the process of therapy. Future
studies might take a quantitative approach and employ measures of therapeutic
relationship (e.g. Mallinckrodt, Gannt, & Coble, 1995; Kim, Boren, & Boren, 2001)
and depth of exploration (e.g. Stiles et al., 1994) to examine the impact of joint
mindfulness.
Acknowledgements
The author would like to thank his supervisor, Linda Morison, for her kind support
and enthusiasm.
Ethical standards
This study has been approved by the Faculty of Arts & Human Sciences Ethics
Committee at the University of Surrey, and was therefore performed in accordance
with the ethical standards established by the 1964 Declaration of Helsinki and its later
amendments. All persons gave their informed consent prior to taking part.
Conflict of interest
The author declares that he has no conflict of interest relating to the present study.
92
![Page 93: epubs.surrey.ac.ukepubs.surrey.ac.uk/812369/1/E-thesis 6230279.docx · Web viewIndeed, the word ‘anchor’ has been used to refer to both mindful awareness (Brown, Marquis, &](https://reader035.vdocuments.mx/reader035/viewer/2022081514/5a7123887f8b9ac0538c9d3b/html5/thumbnails/93.jpg)
References
Alberts, H. J., & Thewissen, R. (2011). The effect of a brief mindfulness intervention on memory for positively and negatively valenced stimuli. Mindfulness, 2, 73-77. Allen, M., Bromley, A., Kuyken, W., & Sonnenberg, S. J. (2009). Participants’ experiences of mindfulness-based cognitive therapy: “It changed me in just about every way possible”. Behavioural and Cognitive Psychotherapy, 37, 413-430.Alvesson, M., & Sköldberg, K. (2010). Reflexive methodology: New vistas for qualitative research (2nd Edition). London: Sage. Anderson, N. D., Lau, M. A., Segal, Z. V., & Bishop, S. R. (2007). Mindfulness-based stress reduction and attentional control. Clinical psychology and psychotherapy, 14, 449-463.Arch, J. J., & Craske, M. G. (2006). Mechanisms of mindfulness: Emotion regulation following a focused breathing induction. Behaviour Research and Therapy, 44. 1849-1858. Baer, R. A. (2003). Mindfulness training as a clinical intervention: A conceptual and empirical review. Clinical Psychology: Science and Practice, 10, 125-143.Beebe, B., Lachmann, F., & Jaffe, J. (1997). Mother-infant interaction structures and presymbolic self- and object representations. Psychoanalytic Dialogues, 7, 133-182. Bihari, J. L. N., & Mullan, E. G. (2014). Relating mindfully: A qualitative exploration of changes in relationships through mindfulness-based cognitive therapy. Mindfulness, 5, 46-59. Bion, W. (1967). Notes on memory and desire. Psychoanalytic Forum, 2, 271-280. Bögels, S., & Restifo, K. (2014). Mindful parenting. New York: Springer. Bond, T. (2000). Standards and ethics for counselling in action (2nd edition). London: Sage. Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2013). Successful qualitative research: A practical guide for beginners. London: Sage. Brinkmann, S., & Kvale, S. (2008). Ethics in qualitative psychological research. In C. Willig & W. Stainton-Rogers (Eds.), The Sage handbook of qualitative research in psychology (pp.263-279). London: Sage. British Psychological Society. (2009). Code of ethics and conduct. Leicester: BPS. British Psychological Society (2010). Code of human research ethics. Leicester: BPS. Retrieved from http://www.bps.org.uk/sites/default/files/documents/code_of_human_research_ethics.pdf Brown, K. W., Ryan, R. M., & Creswell, J. D. (2007). Mindfulness: Theoretical foundations and evidence for its salutary effects. Psychological Inquiry, 18, 211-237. Bruce, N. G., Manber, R., Shapiro, S. L., & Constantino, M. J. (2010). Psychotherapist mindfulness and the psychotherapy process. Psychotherapy Theory, Research, Practice, Training, 47, 83-97.
93
![Page 94: epubs.surrey.ac.ukepubs.surrey.ac.uk/812369/1/E-thesis 6230279.docx · Web viewIndeed, the word ‘anchor’ has been used to refer to both mindful awareness (Brown, Marquis, &](https://reader035.vdocuments.mx/reader035/viewer/2022081514/5a7123887f8b9ac0538c9d3b/html5/thumbnails/94.jpg)
Carson, J. W., Carson, K. M., Gil, K. M., & Baucom, D. H. (2004). Mindfulness-based relationship enhancement. Behavior Therapy, 35, 471-494.Carson, J. W., Carson, K. M., Gil, K. M., & Baucom, D. H. (2006). Mindfulness-based relationship enhancement (MBRE) in couples. In R. Baer (Ed.), Mindfulness-based treatment approaches: Clinician’s guide to evidence base and applications, 309-331.Chadwick, P., Kaur, H., Swelam, M., Ross, S., & Ellett, L. (2011). Experience of mindfulness in people with bipolar disorder: A qualitative study. Psychotherapy Research, 21(3), 277-285. Cioffi, D. (1993). Sensate body, directive mind: Physical sensations and mental control. In D. M. Wegner & J. W. Pennebaker (Eds.), Handbook of mental control (pp.410-442). Clarkson, P. (2003). The therapeutic relationship (2nd Edition). London: Whurr. Coatsworth, J. D., Duncan, L. G., Greenberg, M. T., & Nix, R. L. (2010). Changing parent’s mindfulness, child management skills and relationship quality with their youth: Results from a randomized pilot intervention trial. Journal of child and family studies, 19, 203-217.Cooper, M. (2008). Essential research findings in counselling and psychotherapy. London: Sage. Datan, N., Rodeheaver, D., & Hughes, F. (1987). Adult development and aging. Annual Review of Psychology, 38, 153-180. Dekeyser, M., Raes, F., Leijssen, M., Leysen, S., & Dewulf, D. (2008). Mindfulness skills and interpersonal behaviour. Personality and Individual Differences, 44, 1235-1245. Deyo, M., Wilson, K. A., Ong, J., & Koopman, C. (2009). Mindfulness and rumination: does mindfulness training lead to reductions in the ruminative thinking associated with depression? EXPLORE: The Journal of Science and Healing, 5, 265-271.Doucet, A., & Mauthner, N. (2012). Knowing responsibly: Ethics, feminist epistemologies and methodologies. In M. Mauthner, M. Birch, J. Jessop, & T. Miller (Eds.), Ethics in qualitative research (2nd Edition) (pp.123-145). London: Sage.Duncan, L., & Bardacke, N. (2010). Mindfulness-based childbirth and parenting education: Promoting family mindfulness during the perinatal period. Journal of Child and Family Studies, 19, 190-202.Edwards, D., & Potter, J. (1992). Discursive Psychology. London: Sage. Ellwood, J. (2013). Mindfulness and attachment: A review. Unpublished manuscript, Department of Psychology, University of Surrey, Guildford, UK. Emanuel, E. J., Wendler, D., & Grady, C. (2000). What makes clinical research ethical? Journal of the American Medical Association, 283, 2701-2711. Fonagy, P., & Target, M. (1997). Attachment and reflective function: Their role in self-organization. Development and Psychopathology, 9, 679-700. Gergely, G., & Watson, J. S. (1996). The social biofeedback model of parental affect-mirroring. The International Journal of Psycho-Analysis, 77, 1181-1212.
94
![Page 95: epubs.surrey.ac.ukepubs.surrey.ac.uk/812369/1/E-thesis 6230279.docx · Web viewIndeed, the word ‘anchor’ has been used to refer to both mindful awareness (Brown, Marquis, &](https://reader035.vdocuments.mx/reader035/viewer/2022081514/5a7123887f8b9ac0538c9d3b/html5/thumbnails/95.jpg)
Giorgi, A. (2011). IPA and science: A response to Jonathan Smith. Journal of Phenomenological Psychology, 42, 195-216. Goldin, P. R., & Gross, J. J. (2010). Effects of mindfulness-based stress reduction (MBSR) on emotion regulation in social anxiety disorder. Emotion, 10, 83-91. Greenberg, L. S. (2002). Emotion-focused therapy: Coaching clients to work with their feelings. Washington, DC: American Psychological Association. Grepmair, L., Mitterlehner, F., Loew, T., Bachler, E., Rother, W., & Nickel, M. (2007). Promoting mindfulness in psychotherapists in training influences the treatment results of their patients: A randomized, double-blind, controlled study. Psychotherapy and Psychosomatics, 76, 332-338.Halpern, M. E., Güntürkün, O., Hopkins, W. D., & Rogers, L. J. (2005). Lateralization of the vertebrate brain: Taking the side of model systems. Journal of Neuroscience, 25, 10351-10357. Hammersley, M., & Traianou, A. (2012). Ethics in qualitative research: Controversies and contexts. London: Sage. Heidegger, M. (1927/1978). Being and time. Oxford: Blackwell. Hepburn, A., & Wiggins, S. (2005). Developments in discursive psychology. Discourse & Society, 16, 595-602. Hick, S. F., & Bien, T. (Eds.) (2008). Mindfulness and the therapeutic relationship. New York: Guilford Press.Hölzel, B. K., Hoge, E. A., Greve, D. N., Gard, T., Creswell, J. D., Brown, K. W., Barrett, L. F., Schwartz, C., Vaitl, D., Lazar, S. W. (2013). Neuroimage: Clinical, 2, 448-458. Kabat-Zinn, J. (1982). An outpatient program in behavioral medicine for chronic pain patients based on the practice of mindfulness meditation: Theoretical considerations and preliminary results. General hospital psychiatry, 4, 33-47.Kabat-Zinn, J. (2003). Mindfulness-based interventions in context: Past, present, and future. Clinical Psychology: Science and Practice, 10, 144-156.Kabat-Zinn, J. (2004). Full catastrophe living. London: Piatkus. Kabat-Zinn, J. (2016). ‘This is not McMindfulness’. Interview in The Psychologist, 29, 124-125. Keng, S., Smoski, M. J., & Robins, C. J. (2011). Effects of mindfulness on psychological health: A review of empirical studies. Clinical Psychology Review, 31, 1041-1056. Kim, S. C., Boren, D., Solem, S. L. (2001). The Kim alliance scale: Development and preliminary testing. Clinical Nursing Research, 10, 314-331. Kohut, H. (1978/2011). The search for the self: Selected writings of Heinz Kohut 1950-1978, Volume 1. London: Karnac. Larkin, M., Watts, S., & Clifton, E. (2006). Giving voice and making sense in interpretative phenomenological analysis. Qualitative Research in Psychology, 3, 102-120.
95
![Page 96: epubs.surrey.ac.ukepubs.surrey.ac.uk/812369/1/E-thesis 6230279.docx · Web viewIndeed, the word ‘anchor’ has been used to refer to both mindful awareness (Brown, Marquis, &](https://reader035.vdocuments.mx/reader035/viewer/2022081514/5a7123887f8b9ac0538c9d3b/html5/thumbnails/96.jpg)
Legg, C. (1998). Psychology and the reflective counsellor. Leicester: British Psychological Society. Lutz, A., Greischar, L. L., Rawlings, N. B., Ricard, M., & Davidson, R. J. (2004). Long-term meditators self-induce high-amplitude gamma synchrony during mental practice. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences of the United States of America, 101, 16369-16373. Mackenzie, M. J., Carlson, L. E., Munoz, M., & Speca, M. (2007). A qualitative study of self‐perceived effects of mindfulness‐based stress reduction (MBSR) in a psychosocial oncology setting. Stress and Health, 23, 59-69.Madill, A., Jordan, A., & Shirley, C. (2000). Objectivity and reliability in qualitative analysis: Realist, contextualist and radical constructionist epistemologies. British Journal of Psychology, 91, 1-20. Mallinckrodt, B., Gannt, D. L., & Coble, H. M. (1995). Attachment patterns in the psychotherapy relationship: Development of the client attachment to therapist scale. Journal of Counseling Psychology, 42, 307-317. Mallinckrodt, B., Porter, M. J., & Kivlighan, D. M. (2005). Client attachment to therapist, depth of in-session exploration, and object relations in brief psychotherapy. Psychotherapy: Theory, research, practice, training, 42, 85-100. Martin, D. J., Garske, J. P., & Davis, M. K. (2000). Relation of the therapeutic alliance with outcome and other variables: A meta-analytic review. Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology, 68, 438-450. Mason, O., & Hargreaves, I. (2001). A qualitative study of mindfulness-based cognitive therapy for depression. British Journal of Medical Psychology, 74, 197-212. McCollum, E. E., & Gehart, D. R. (2010). Using mindfulness meditation to teach beginning therapists therapeutic presence: A qualitative study. Journal of Marital and Family Therapy, 36, 347-360. Mitchell, S. A. (2004). Relationality: From attachment to intersubjectivity. London: Routledge. Monshat, K., Khong, B., Hassed, C., Vella-Brodrick, D., Norrish, J., Burns, J., & Herrman, H. (2013). Journal of Adolescent Health, 52, 572-577. Morone, N. E., Greco, C. M., & Weiner, D. K. (2008). Mindfulness meditation for the treatment of chronic low back pain in older adults: a randomized controlled pilot study. Pain, 134(3), 310-319.Morone, N. E., Lynch, C. S., Greco, C. M., Tindle, H. A., & Weiner, D. K. (2008). “I felt like a new person.” The effects of mindfulness meditation on older adults with chronic pain: qualitative narrative analysis of diary entries. The Journal of Pain, 9, 841-848.Olsen, C. (2010). Ethics: The fundamental dimension of counselling psychology. In M. Milton (Ed.), Therapy and beyond: Counselling psychology contributions to therapeutic and social issues (pp.89-99). Chichester: Wiley-Blackwell. Parker, I. (1992). Discourse dynamics: Critical analysis for social and individual psychology. London: Routledge.
96
![Page 97: epubs.surrey.ac.ukepubs.surrey.ac.uk/812369/1/E-thesis 6230279.docx · Web viewIndeed, the word ‘anchor’ has been used to refer to both mindful awareness (Brown, Marquis, &](https://reader035.vdocuments.mx/reader035/viewer/2022081514/5a7123887f8b9ac0538c9d3b/html5/thumbnails/97.jpg)
Razzaque, R., Okoro, E., & Wood, L. (2013). Mindfulness in clinician therapeutic relationships. Mindfulness. Retrieved June 27, 2014, from http://link.springer.com/article/10.1007/s12671-013-0241-7#page-1Rogers, C. (1957). The necessary and sufficient conditions of therapeutic personality change. Journal of Consulting Psychology, 21, 95-103. Rosenberg, L. (1998). Breath by breath: The liberating practice of insight meditation. Boston: Shambala Press. Ryan, A., Safran, J. D., Doran, J. M., & Muran, J. C. (2012). Therapist mindfulness, alliance and treatment outcome. Psychotherapy Research, 22, 289-297.Sandelowski, M. (1996). Using qualitative methods in intervention studies. Research in Nursing and Health, 19, 359-364. Schure, M. B., Christopher, J., & Christopher, S. (2008). Mind-body medicine and the art of self-care: teaching mindfulness to counseling students through yoga, meditation, and qigong. Journal of Counseling and Development, 86, 47–56.Segal, Z. V., Williams, J. M. G., & Teasdale, J. D. (2002). Mindfulness-based cognitive therapy for depression: A new approach to relapse prevention. New York: Guilford.Sephton, S. E., Salmon, P., Weissbecker, I., Ulmer, C., Floyd, A., Hoover, K., & Studts, J. L. (2007). Mindfulness meditation alleviates depressive symptoms in women with fibromyalgia: results of a randomized clinical trial. Arthritis Care & Research, 57, 77-85.Shapiro, S. L., Brown, K. W., & Biegel, G. M. (2007). Teaching self- care to caregivers: Effects of mindfulness-based stress reduction on the mental health of therapists in training. Training and Education in Professional Psychology, 1, 105-115.Shaw, R., & Frost, N. (2015). Breaking out of the silo mentality. The Psychologist, 28, 638-641. Shillito-Clarke, C. (2010). Ethical issues in counselling psychology. In R. Woolfe, S. Strawbridge, B. Douglas, & W. Dryden (Eds.), Handbook of counselling psychology (3rd edition) (pp.507-528). London: Sage.Siegel, D. J. (2007). The mindful brain: Reflection and attunement in the cultivation of well-being. New York: W. W. Norton.Siegel, D. J. (2009). Mindful awareness, mindsight, and neural integration. The Humanistic Psychologist, 37, 137-158. Smith, J. (2004). Reflecting on the development of interpretative phenomenological analysis and its contribution to qualitative research in psychology. Qualitative Research in Psychology, 1, 39-54. Smith, J. A., Flowers, P., & Larkin, M. (2009). Interpretative phenomenological analysis: Theory, method and research. London: Sage. Smith, J. A., & Osborn, M. (2008). Interpretive phenomenological analysis. In J. A. Smith (Ed.), Qualitative psychology: A practical guide to research methods (2nd
Edition) (pp.53-80). London: Sage. Spinelli, E. (1989). The interpreted world: An introduction to phenomenological psychology. London: Sage.
97
![Page 98: epubs.surrey.ac.ukepubs.surrey.ac.uk/812369/1/E-thesis 6230279.docx · Web viewIndeed, the word ‘anchor’ has been used to refer to both mindful awareness (Brown, Marquis, &](https://reader035.vdocuments.mx/reader035/viewer/2022081514/5a7123887f8b9ac0538c9d3b/html5/thumbnails/98.jpg)
Steffen, E. (2016). Ethical considerations in qualitative research. In E. Lyons & A. Coyle (Eds.), Analysing qualitative data in psychology (2nd Ed.) (pp.31-44). London: Sage. Stiles, W. B., Reynolds, S., Hardy, G. E., Rees, A., Barkham, M., & Shapiro, D. A. (1994). Evaluation and description of psychotherapy sessions by clients using the session evaluation questionnaire and the session impacts scale. Journal of Counseling Psychology, 41, 175-185. Taylor, V. A., Grant, J., Daneault, V., Scavone, G., Breton, E., Roffe-Vidal, S., ... & Beauregard, M. (2011). Impact of mindfulness on the neural responses to emotional pictures in experienced and beginner meditators. Neuroimage, 57(4), 1524-1533.Teasdale, J. D., Segal, Z. V., Williams, J. M., Ridgway, V. A., Soulsby, J. M., & Lau, M. A. (2000). Prevention of relapse/recurrence in major depression by mindfulness-based cognitive therapy. Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology, 68, 615-623. Teper, R., & Inzlicht, M. (2013). Meditation, mindfulness and executive control: The importance of emotional acceptance and brain-based performance monitoring. Social Cognition and Affective Neuroscience, 8, 85-92. Treadway, M. T., & Lazar, S. W. (2009). The neurobiology of mindfulness. In F. Didonna (Ed.), Clinical handbook of mindfulness (pp.45-58). New York: Springer. Vanderpool, H. Y. (1995). The ethics of research involving human subjects: Facing the 21st century. Frederick, Md: University Publishing Group. Wachs, K., & Cordova, J. V. (2007). Mindful relating: Exploring mindfulness and emotion repertoires in intimate relationships. Journal of Marital and Family Therapy, 33, 464-481.Warnock, M. (1987). Memory. London: Faber and Faber. Wexler, J. (2006). Mindfulness meditation: Its personal and professional impact on psychotherapists. Unpublished manuscript, Capella University, Minneapolis, USA. Williams, M., & Penman, D. (2011). Mindfulness: A practical guide to finding peace in a frantic world. London: Piatkus. Willig, C. (2008). Introducing qualitative research in psychology: Adventures in theory and method (2nd Edition). Maidenhead: Open University Press. Willig, C. (2012). Qualitative interpretation and analysis in psychology. Maidenhead: Open University Press. World Medical Association. (1964). World Medical Association declaration of Helsinki: Ethical principles for medical research involving human subjects. Retrieved from http://www.wma.net/en/30publications/10policies/b3/17c.pdfYardley, L. (2007). Dilemmas in qualitative health research. Psychology & Health, 15, 215-228. Yin, R. (1989). Case study research: Design & methods (2nd Ed.). Beverly Hills: Sage. Zeidan, F., Gordon, N. S., Merchant, J., & Goolkasian, P. (2009). The effects of brief mindfulness meditation training on experimentally induced pain. The Journal of Pain, 11, 199-209.
98
![Page 99: epubs.surrey.ac.ukepubs.surrey.ac.uk/812369/1/E-thesis 6230279.docx · Web viewIndeed, the word ‘anchor’ has been used to refer to both mindful awareness (Brown, Marquis, &](https://reader035.vdocuments.mx/reader035/viewer/2022081514/5a7123887f8b9ac0538c9d3b/html5/thumbnails/99.jpg)
APPENDIX 1
Consent form
Ethics Committee
Hello, and thank you for taking part in this study. Before continuing, please read the following, and sign below. Thank you!
I the undersigned voluntarily agree to take part in the study on therapist and client experiences of joint mindfulness practice.
I have read and understood the Information Sheet provided. I have been given a full explanation by the investigators of the nature, purpose, location and likely duration of the study, and of what I will be expected to do. I have been advised about any discomfort and possible ill-effects on my health and well-being which may result. I have been given the opportunity to ask questions on all aspects of the study and have understood the advice and information given as a result.
I understand that all personal data relating to volunteers is held and processed in the strictest confidence, and in accordance with the Data Protection Act (1998). I agree that I will not seek to restrict the use of the results of the study on the understanding that my anonymity is preserved.
I understand that I am free to withdraw from the study at any time without needing to justify my decision and without prejudice.
I confirm that I have read and understood the above and freely consent to participating in this study. I have been given adequate time to consider my participation and agree to comply with the instructions and restrictions of the study.
Name of volunteer (BLOCK CAPITALS) ........................................................
Signed ........................................................
Date ......................................
Name of researcher/person taking consent (BLOCK CAPITALS) ........................................................
Signed ........................................................
99
![Page 100: epubs.surrey.ac.ukepubs.surrey.ac.uk/812369/1/E-thesis 6230279.docx · Web viewIndeed, the word ‘anchor’ has been used to refer to both mindful awareness (Brown, Marquis, &](https://reader035.vdocuments.mx/reader035/viewer/2022081514/5a7123887f8b9ac0538c9d3b/html5/thumbnails/100.jpg)
Date ......................................
APPENDIX 2
Information sheet
Information Sheet for Participants
Dear participant,
You are being asked to take part in a research study on mindfulness, conducted by Jacob Ellwood, as part of the requirement for his Doctorate in Psychotherapeutic and Counselling Psychology at the University of Surrey. The study is being supervised by an academic researcher, Linda Morison, and it has been approved by the Psychology Research Ethics Committee.
Your participation could further understanding of mindfulness and its relevance to therapy, and might benefit you personally in that mindfulness has been found to have multiple benefits for those who practise it.
Mindfulness, a concept that dates back thousands of years, refers to ‘the awareness that emerges through paying attention on purpose, in the present moment, and nonjudgmentally to the unfolding of experience moment by moment’ (Kabat-Zinn, 2003). In order to foster the ability to engage in such present-moment awareness, there exist a variety of mindfulness practices such as mindful breathing meditation and mindful movement. Beneficial outcomes of mindfulness practice include increased emotion regulation, heightened attentional skills, and increased interpersonal skills. The current study examines the effects of joint mindfulness practice (between therapist and client) on psychological therapy.
In agreeing to take part in this study, you will be asked to take part in two brief (eight-minute) mindfulness meditation exercises with your client[/therapist], in two separate sessions (separated by a session without the joint practice). Following completion of the second session, you will be interviewed about your experience of engaging in joint mindfulness practice.
All information will be kept confidential, and your identity will be kept anonymous in interview recordings/transcripts. Your responses will not be made available to your client[/therapist]. You retain the right to withdraw from the study at any time, without giving a reason and without prior notice.
Any complaint or concerns about any aspects of the way you have been dealt with during the course of the study will be addressed; please contact Linda Morison on 01483 686875 or [email protected].
Kind regards,
100
![Page 101: epubs.surrey.ac.ukepubs.surrey.ac.uk/812369/1/E-thesis 6230279.docx · Web viewIndeed, the word ‘anchor’ has been used to refer to both mindful awareness (Brown, Marquis, &](https://reader035.vdocuments.mx/reader035/viewer/2022081514/5a7123887f8b9ac0538c9d3b/html5/thumbnails/101.jpg)
Jake EllwoodPrincipal Investigator
APPENDIX 3
Interview schedule outline
Demographic informationParticipants will be asked for the following information: - Age - Sex- Type/length of therapy
General questions about mindfulness and meditation- What do you understand by the term ‘mindfulness’?- Have you ever meditated before taking part in this study? If so, have you ever engaged in joint or group meditation?
Questions about the process of joint mindfulness practiceMain question - Please tell me about the experience of engaging in joint mindfulness practice with your therapist/client.
Possible prompts- What was the first mindfulness session like? - How was the second mindfulness session?- Were the instructions on the recording clear? Were you able to follow them?- Were you aware of your therapist’s/client’s presence during the mindfulness exercise?- How did the experience compare to your previous experience[s] of meditation practice? [If applicable]- How did you experience time during the mindfulness practice? Did the exercise feel short? Long?
Questions about the therapeutic relationship and process of therapyMain question- What did you notice about the therapy sessions that began with mindfulness practice? Did they feel different from sessions without the exercise?
Possible prompts- Did you notice anything about the content of the sessions with mindfulness practice (e.g. topics of discussion, depth of exploration)? If so, do you relate this to the mindfulness exercise? [Participants will be told that they are not expected to divulge sensitive information]- What did you notice about your relationship with your therapist/client in the sessions that began with mindfulness practice?
Final questions
101
![Page 102: epubs.surrey.ac.ukepubs.surrey.ac.uk/812369/1/E-thesis 6230279.docx · Web viewIndeed, the word ‘anchor’ has been used to refer to both mindful awareness (Brown, Marquis, &](https://reader035.vdocuments.mx/reader035/viewer/2022081514/5a7123887f8b9ac0538c9d3b/html5/thumbnails/102.jpg)
- Do you want/expect to practice mindfulness in future, either jointly or on your own?- Is there anything else you would like to add?
APPENDIX 4
Ethical approval
102
![Page 103: epubs.surrey.ac.ukepubs.surrey.ac.uk/812369/1/E-thesis 6230279.docx · Web viewIndeed, the word ‘anchor’ has been used to refer to both mindful awareness (Brown, Marquis, &](https://reader035.vdocuments.mx/reader035/viewer/2022081514/5a7123887f8b9ac0538c9d3b/html5/thumbnails/103.jpg)
APPENDIX 5
Table of themes
103
![Page 104: epubs.surrey.ac.ukepubs.surrey.ac.uk/812369/1/E-thesis 6230279.docx · Web viewIndeed, the word ‘anchor’ has been used to refer to both mindful awareness (Brown, Marquis, &](https://reader035.vdocuments.mx/reader035/viewer/2022081514/5a7123887f8b9ac0538c9d3b/html5/thumbnails/104.jpg)
APPENDIX 6
Risk assessment summary
1. Potential risks to principal investigator
The main risk that the principal investigator will face is that he will be alone with
interviewees. To minimise the risk of harm, or the risk of allegations of improper
behaviour, he will inform his supervisor in advance of interviews to let her know
when they will take place, and arrange to send a text message to her before and after
interviews, to inform her of what is happening.
2. Potential risks to participants
(a) Therapists
There is a potential for increased stress among therapists who take part in the research,
in that they are being asked to alter their usual method of clinical practice. No pressure
will be placed on therapists to take part, and the principal investigator will inform
them that participation is entirely at their discretion. To reduce stress in the session, a
pre-recorded mindfulness exercise will be used, so that the therapist does not feel
under pressure to conduct the practice in a certain way.
There is a risk that therapists might be accused by their client of exerting
pressure on them to participate in the research. To minimise this risk, therapists will
be encouraged to approach potential participants by emphasising that there is no
pressure or expectation on the client to participate, and that by choosing not to
participate this will in no way affect the therapist-client relationship or the future
process of therapy.
(b) Clients
There is a risk that clients might feel pressurised to take part in the research, when
they are asked to do so by their therapist. As stated above, therapists will emphasise
that there is no obligation to participate, and that non-participation will not damage
their relationship with the therapist.
104
![Page 105: epubs.surrey.ac.ukepubs.surrey.ac.uk/812369/1/E-thesis 6230279.docx · Web viewIndeed, the word ‘anchor’ has been used to refer to both mindful awareness (Brown, Marquis, &](https://reader035.vdocuments.mx/reader035/viewer/2022081514/5a7123887f8b9ac0538c9d3b/html5/thumbnails/105.jpg)
As interviews will take place after a therapy session, there is a risk that clients
might be in a state of distress, particularly if difficult or emotive issues have been
discussed during the session. To minimise the risk of the interview provoking further
distress, the principal investigator will ask clients if they would like some time
between the session and the interview to collect their thoughts or for levels of distress
to decrease.
There is also the risk that the interview process might stir up distressing
thoughts or emotions for the clients. It will be made clear to interviewees that they are
under no obligation to share the details of therapy sessions, or personal details, and
that the focus is on the experience of mindfulness practice and the therapeutic
relationship. Clients will also be informed that they are free to withdraw from the
process at any point without explanation or prior notice.
If it is apparent that a client is becoming distressed during the interview
process, the investigator will check whether they are okay to continue, and give them
the option to take a break or to terminate the interview process. If the investigator
senses that the client is at risk, he will ask them about this, and suggest that they
contact their therapist or ask their permission to contact their therapist.
105
![Page 106: epubs.surrey.ac.ukepubs.surrey.ac.uk/812369/1/E-thesis 6230279.docx · Web viewIndeed, the word ‘anchor’ has been used to refer to both mindful awareness (Brown, Marquis, &](https://reader035.vdocuments.mx/reader035/viewer/2022081514/5a7123887f8b9ac0538c9d3b/html5/thumbnails/106.jpg)
RESEARCH PROJECT 2
Bringing mindfulness to the therapeutic relationship: Towards a grounded theory
Abstract
Psychologists are directing increasing amounts of theoretical and empirical attention
to the relational aspects of mindfulness. Potential benefits accruing from mindfulness
include increased relationship satisfaction, empathy, and communication skills.
Emerging research findings suggest that a mindful approach to therapy could have
significant benefits for the therapeutic relationship, but as yet, few studies have
explored this topic. This qualitative study uses a grounded theory approach to explore
therapist perceptions of how they bring mindfulness to the therapeutic relationship,
and the effects of doing so. The perceptions of eight therapists who practise
mindfulness in their personal and professional lives were elicited using semi-
structured interviews. Analysis involved the constant comparison approach advocated
by grounded theory, and theoretical sampling was used to shape participant selection
and areas of inquiry. Initial codes were consolidated into larger categories, and
connections were drawn between these categories. Four main categories were
constructed: ‘cultivating mindfulness’, ‘bringing mindfulness to the relationship’,
‘transforming the client’s experience’, and ‘providing a secure base’. These were
conceptualised as forming the basis of a process in which therapists use mindfulness
to establish a strong therapeutic relationship that provides the conditions for reparative
processes and deeper exploration within the therapy. A results model is presented and
discussed in relation to existing literature. Recommendations are made for future areas
of research.
Keywords: Mindfulness, therapeutic relationship, attunement, grounded theory
106
![Page 107: epubs.surrey.ac.ukepubs.surrey.ac.uk/812369/1/E-thesis 6230279.docx · Web viewIndeed, the word ‘anchor’ has been used to refer to both mindful awareness (Brown, Marquis, &](https://reader035.vdocuments.mx/reader035/viewer/2022081514/5a7123887f8b9ac0538c9d3b/html5/thumbnails/107.jpg)
Introduction
Mindfulness, defined by Kabat-Zinn (2003, p.145) as ‘the awareness that emerges
through paying attention on purpose, in the present moment, and nonjudgmentally to
the unfolding of experience moment by moment’, is an ancient Buddhist practice that,
in the past two decades, has entered mainstream psychological discourse. Mindfulness
can be cultivated through formal exercises such as body scans, sitting meditations, or
mindful movement, or informally through performing everyday tasks with a mindful
attitude. It has been used as an intervention to alleviate both psychological distress
(Keng, Smoski, & Robins, 2011) and physical pain (Chiesa & Serretti, 2011), and to
reduce stress in settings such as the workplace (Irving, Dobkin, & Park, 2009).
In recent years, researchers have begun to direct their attention to the relational
aspects of mindfulness, which has been applied in formal interventions aimed at
enhancing romantic relationships (Carson, Carson, Gil, & Baucom, 2004) and
parenting skills (Duncan, Coatsworth, & Greenberg, 2009). Some of the reported
benefits for interpersonal functioning include improved communication skills
(Burgoon, Berger, & Waldron, 2000), increased empathy (Wang, 2007), and higher
relationship satisfaction (Barnes, Brown, Krusemark, Campbell, & Rogge, 2007). A
caveat must be added that many of these studies use self-report measures and positive
outcomes may be attributable to participants’ belief that mindfulness is beneficial,
particularly when they are experienced meditators who have ‘bought in’ to the concept
of mindfulness. Nevertheless, there is an ever-increasing corpus of literature on
relational mindfulness, and Ellwood (2013) explored this knowledge base in a
literature review of mindfulness and attachment.
These findings have significant implications for counselling psychology,
which places particular emphasis on relational processes, and on the relationship
between therapist and client as the key dimension of effective therapy (Woolfe,
Strawbridge, Douglas, & Dryden, 2010). This relational stance is supported by
substantial evidence suggesting that the most important factor in successful therapy is
the therapeutic relationship, regardless of theoretical approach (Cooper, 2008). In light
107
![Page 108: epubs.surrey.ac.ukepubs.surrey.ac.uk/812369/1/E-thesis 6230279.docx · Web viewIndeed, the word ‘anchor’ has been used to refer to both mindful awareness (Brown, Marquis, &](https://reader035.vdocuments.mx/reader035/viewer/2022081514/5a7123887f8b9ac0538c9d3b/html5/thumbnails/108.jpg)
of the importance of the therapeutic relationship, and of the links between mindfulness
and interpersonal relating indicated by theory and research, it is perhaps surprising
that relatively little attention has been given to the relevance of mindfulness to this
relationship.
Hick and Bien (2008) addressed this gap in the literature in their book
Mindfulness and the therapeutic relationship, which described the conceptual links
between mindfulness and the therapist-client relationship (including empathy and
therapeutic presence) as well as specific applications of mindfulness (including the
acceptance and commitment therapy and insight dialogue approaches). Largely
missing from the book, and in the wider literature, was an exploration of how
mindfulness might be used formally within therapy sessions to aid the therapeutic
relationship and the process of therapy.
To shed light on this topic, Ellwood (2014) conducted a qualitative study of
therapist and client experiences of joint mindfulness meditation at the start of two
therapy sessions, using interpretative phenomenological analysis (IPA; Smith,
Flowers, & Larkin, 2009). Results were mixed: Participants described greater focus
and depth in the work, and reported effects on the therapeutic relationship included a
sense of teamwork and equality of roles, and greater attunement between therapist and
client. These positive effects were tempered by some participants feeling that
‘importing’ a formal mindfulness exercise had intruded upon the therapeutic space.
Nevertheless, it was noteworthy that a short, eight-minute joint meditation had seemed
to transform the shared experiential quality of subsequent sessions, and that
participants and clients had expressed support for the idea of therapists (and/or clients)
meditating before sessions began (to bring themselves more fully into the work).
The study therefore raised questions about the effect of working more fully
from a stance of mindfulness, on the process of therapy, and particularly on the
therapeutic relationship. It was decided, then, to take a step back from the research to
ask about the processes involved when mindfulness is applied to the therapeutic
relationship, either explicitly through the teaching of mindfulness in sessions, or
implicitly through the therapist cultivating mindfulness via personal practice and then
bringing mindful qualities to their relationships with clients.
Falb and Pargament (2012, p.352) define ‘relational mindfulness’ as ‘the
process of practising mindfulness while interacting with others, integrating words with
108
![Page 109: epubs.surrey.ac.ukepubs.surrey.ac.uk/812369/1/E-thesis 6230279.docx · Web viewIndeed, the word ‘anchor’ has been used to refer to both mindful awareness (Brown, Marquis, &](https://reader035.vdocuments.mx/reader035/viewer/2022081514/5a7123887f8b9ac0538c9d3b/html5/thumbnails/109.jpg)
silence and learning to listen and speak mindfully,’ and note that there is ‘a dearth of
empirical research’ (p.353) on this subject. Some qualitative studies have explored
therapists’ understanding of the effects of mindfulness. Aiken (2006) found that
therapists believed that mindfulness helped them to develop empathy towards clients,
while ‘connectedness’ was an important theme developed from interviews of
therapists carried out by Rothaupt and Morgan (2007). An IPA study by Cigolla and
Brown (2011), of therapists who maintained a personal mindfulness practice, yielded
notable findings, with participants reporting enhanced compassion for self and others,
and that mindfulness helped them to work with more relational depth.
To date, however, no qualitative study has attempted to develop a theory of
how mindfulness impacts the therapeutic relationship. Therefore, the initial research
question for the current study was deliberately open-ended: ‘How do therapists bring
mindfulness into their work, and what are the effects (if any) on the therapeutic
relationship?’ It was felt that this satisfied Willig’s (2008, p.38) recommendation that
the research question should serve to identify, but not make assumptions about, the
area of interest.
A grounded theory methodology was deemed appropriate as a way of
addressing this research question, in part because the research area remains
underdeveloped, and a grounded theory approach would allow for the development of
new understanding, grounded in the data. Moreover, the proposed study was interested
in the processes involved in bringing mindfulness to the therapeutic relationship, and
grounded theory, which derived, in part, from the pragmatist tradition (Tweed &
Charmaz, 2012), has an interest in actions and processes.
Method
Design
This qualitative study used a grounded theory methodology, specifically the
constructivist approach expounded by Charmaz (2014), which appealed to the
researcher’s own epistemological beliefs. In this understanding of knowledge
acquisition, knowledge is constructed by humans in interaction with the world and
109
![Page 110: epubs.surrey.ac.ukepubs.surrey.ac.uk/812369/1/E-thesis 6230279.docx · Web viewIndeed, the word ‘anchor’ has been used to refer to both mindful awareness (Brown, Marquis, &](https://reader035.vdocuments.mx/reader035/viewer/2022081514/5a7123887f8b9ac0538c9d3b/html5/thumbnails/110.jpg)
with each other. It is therefore dependent on social interactional processes embedded
in human culture, rather than consisting of objective ‘truths’ or ‘facts’ waiting to be
discovered. An analogy can be found in human vision. Rather than windows onto an
objective external world, the eyes are part of a complex system that collects and
constructs information in such a way to allow humans to make sense of their
surroundings. Similarly, whereas the positivist grounded theory approach of Glaser
and Strauss (1967) describes theoretical categories ‘emerging’ from the data,
constructivist grounded theorists deny that such categories exist independently of the
researcher, and explicitly acknowledge their own role in co-constructing meaning with
participants.
Constructivist grounded theory shares many elements with the original Glaser
and Strauss approach, including an iterative procedure in data gathering and analysis,
theoretical sampling, and an interest in meaning and action (Charmaz, 2014, pp.12-
13). With its greater focus on the researcher’s role in the construction of meaning, the
constructivist methodology promotes reflexivity at all stages of research, which is also
compatible with counselling psychology’s emphasis on reflexive practice in research
and therapeutic work (see below, ‘Incorporating reflexivity’). It also emphasises the
flexibility of grounded theory (for example, forgoing an insistence that there must be a
‘core category’), which was important for me as I believe that adhering too closely to
a manualised approach can foreclose avenues of exploration and analysis, and limit
the usefulness of a study.
Why qualitative?
Qualitative approaches have, in the past, been valued chiefly as initial explorations
into a certain topic, laying the groundwork for quantitative surveys of the same
territory (Leininger, 1992). Qualitative methods have been placed far down the
‘hierarchy of evidence’, with systematic reviews of randomised controlled trials
(RCTs) and RCTs at the top (Corrie, 2010). Ponterotto (2005, p.126) asserts that
psychology has been dominated by positivist epistemologies and their associated
quantitative methods. More recently, however, qualitative enquiry has come to be
valued in its own right, with the understanding that the two paradigms produce
different kinds of knowledge – but that it is unnecessary to value one over the other;
instead they are complementary and each can inform the other. The rise to prominence
110
![Page 111: epubs.surrey.ac.ukepubs.surrey.ac.uk/812369/1/E-thesis 6230279.docx · Web viewIndeed, the word ‘anchor’ has been used to refer to both mindful awareness (Brown, Marquis, &](https://reader035.vdocuments.mx/reader035/viewer/2022081514/5a7123887f8b9ac0538c9d3b/html5/thumbnails/111.jpg)
within counselling psychology of interpretivist methodologies has a historical
antecedent in the writings of Wilhelm Dilthey, who argued that ‘rationalistic’
approaches could not adequately describe human phenomena (Hughes & Sharrock,
1997). The goal of natural science is scientific explanation, while the goal of human
science is understanding the ‘meaning’ or multiple ‘meanings’ of social phenomena
(Ponterotto, 2005, p.129).
When choosing a research method for this second study, it first had to be
decided what the study hoped to achieve. Following the conclusion of the first
research report, several possible directions presented themselves. Participants’
responses in the IPA study suggested that joint mindfulness practice between therapist
and client could be linked to greater focus and depth, and a reduction of the perceived
distance between the two participants. A limitation of the study was that meditation
only took place on two occasions, separated by a session without meditation. A follow
up quantitative study might have examined the effects of more sustained joint
meditation, i.e. over more sessions, with a control group asked to perform (for
example) an unfocused attention exercise for the same period of time. Therapists and
clients could be asked, periodically, to fill in self-report forms relating to state
mindfulness (e.g. Brown & Ryan, 2003; Lau et al., 2006; Tanay & Bernstein, 2013),
therapist-client attachment (e.g. Mallinckrodt, Gantt, & Coble, 1995), and other facets
of the relationship between therapist and client (e.g. Agnew-Davies, Stiles, Hardy,
Barkham, & Shapiro, 1998; Stiles, Gordon, & Lani, 2002; Shelef & Diamond, 2008).
However, such an in-depth study would represent a significantly greater
commitment to the process than that of participants in the first study, which would
likely have presented obstacles in terms of recruitment and ethical considerations
(some participants in the first study experienced the meditation as an intrusion; risking
a greater sense of intrusion would be undesirable). Taking an in-depth approach to the
study of just one dyad (e.g. Vinca, 2009) is one way of limiting potential negative
impact, and would face fewer logistic difficulties, but would still face the same ethical
considerations. However, the utility of taking a quantitative approach would be
negated by the researcher’s inability to generalise from the results of just one
therapist-client pair.
Another option was to ask therapists to meditate on their own before sessions,
and to fill in self-report measures of state mindfulness, state attachment (e.g. Gillath,
111
![Page 112: epubs.surrey.ac.ukepubs.surrey.ac.uk/812369/1/E-thesis 6230279.docx · Web viewIndeed, the word ‘anchor’ has been used to refer to both mindful awareness (Brown, Marquis, &](https://reader035.vdocuments.mx/reader035/viewer/2022081514/5a7123887f8b9ac0538c9d3b/html5/thumbnails/112.jpg)
Hart, Noftle, & Stockdale, 2009), and relational/in-session processes. This would have
the benefit of not intruding on the session itself, or on clients. In a discussion with my
supervisor where such an approach was mooted, she pointed out that an unwanted
aspect of asking therapists to fill in self-report measures of attachment might be
participants’ familiarity with the concept itself. Responses might therefore be filtered
through the participants’ prior knowledge and subject to (conscious or unconscious)
response bias. For example, therapists who are likely to volunteer for such a study
might be predisposed towards mindfulness, and respond in a way that reflects
favourably on the practice; alternatively, those who are not predisposed towards
mindfulness might be keen to show that meditating had no effect on attachment.
Questions have also been raised over the validity of measures of mindfulness,
even by the co-author of a prominent mindfulness scale, the Freiburg Mindfulness
Inventory (FMI; Buchheld, Grossman, & Walach, 2001). Grossman (2008, 2011)
addresses a number of problems with existing measures, including a lack of external
referents for measuring validity, a concern that self-reported behaviour does not
necessarily correspond to actual behaviour, a lack of convergence between different
measures, and response bias related to level of experience with mindfulness. The
result is that such measures are divorced from both original Buddhist definitions of
mindfulness, and from definitions proposed by the authors of mindfulness-based
interventions (e.g. Kabat-Zinn), and that they lack a sound empirical basis.
I was also drawn once again to a qualitative approach by the questions that the
first research report raised. Among these was the notion that the joint mindfulness
meditation introduced into these therapeutic dyads was somehow ‘artificial’, in that it
did not reflect the usual working practices of the therapists who took part. Those
therapists in the first study who did use mindfulness explicitly in their work said that
this involved the therapist guiding the client, in roles that were more differentiated
than those established by the guided meditation of the first study. They also suggested
that elements of their personal mindfulness practice, although superficially a solitary
pursuit, were interpersonal in nature. Falb and Pargament (2012) propose that the label
‘relational mindfulness’ can be applied to a range of phenomena, each of which
involves relating and communicating in a deliberately attentive way. These might be
formal or informal mindfulness practices, or even verbal communication that
emphasizes moment-by-moment awareness and acceptance of self and others. An in-
112
![Page 113: epubs.surrey.ac.ukepubs.surrey.ac.uk/812369/1/E-thesis 6230279.docx · Web viewIndeed, the word ‘anchor’ has been used to refer to both mindful awareness (Brown, Marquis, &](https://reader035.vdocuments.mx/reader035/viewer/2022081514/5a7123887f8b9ac0538c9d3b/html5/thumbnails/113.jpg)
depth qualitative study of therapists’ understanding and application of relational
mindfulness could shed light on such areas that have remained largely ignored by the
current literature on mindfulness.
There also remains a gap in the literature relating to how mindfulness promotes
change, as opposed to whether change has occurred. Because of this gap – and also
perhaps because of my identity as a counselling psychologist (Lane & Corrie, 2007,
p.122) – the former appeals to me as a more interesting question. Neuroscientists (e.g.
Siegel, 2007; Hölzel et al., 2011) have addressed the mechanisms of mindfulness
within the brain; few have attempted to explore the mechanisms of mindfulness within
the therapy room.
Why grounded theory?
Some follow-up studies ‘zoom in’ on a detail from the findings of the previous study.
For this research study, I wanted to ‘zoom out’. The IPA study had provided answers
as to what it was like for the members of several dyads to meditate together at the start
of therapy sessions. This remains a highly specific scenario, however, and as
mentioned in the previous section, one that is somewhat denatured from the process of
therapy. In this second study I wanted to widen the scope by inquiring about how
mindfulness might relate to all aspects of the therapeutic relationship. Questions that
were present in my mind at the start of the process were what is happening here? and
what even is meant by mindfulness, as participants perceive it? The bottom-up, ‘back
to basics’ approach afforded by grounded theory would allow me to address these
questions. Grounded theory, as an inductive process, is suited to inquiry into a topic
for which there exists no explanatory model. Findings are not tested against existing
theory, but instead involves comparing data with the developing theory, and vice
versa. Initial data gathering generates early hypotheses, which are then used to shape
subsequent data collection with the aim of assessing the ‘fit’ of these hypotheses, and
eventually to develop them into a coherent account (Willig, 2012, p.3).
Specifically, I chose to use the constructivist form of grounded theory. This
approach suits my own beliefs about the nature of the world and how we can gain
knowledge of it. In any form of inquiry, but especially qualitative inquiry, the
researcher’s background and beliefs will inform the findings. I disagree with Husserl’s
113
![Page 114: epubs.surrey.ac.ukepubs.surrey.ac.uk/812369/1/E-thesis 6230279.docx · Web viewIndeed, the word ‘anchor’ has been used to refer to both mindful awareness (Brown, Marquis, &](https://reader035.vdocuments.mx/reader035/viewer/2022081514/5a7123887f8b9ac0538c9d3b/html5/thumbnails/114.jpg)
assertion that the researcher can ‘bracket’ his or her assumptions when interpreting
data (Husserl, cited in Smith, Flowers, & Larkin, 2009, p.13). Heidegger (cited in
Smith, Flowers, & Larkin, 2009, pp.24-5) argued that ‘An interpretation is never
presuppositionless apprehending of something presented to us,’ while Gadamer (cited
in Smith, Flowers, & Larkin, 2009, p.26) went further in suggesting that ‘A person
who is trying to understand a text is always projecting.’ These two quotations might
instil despondency in the qualitative researcher who is hoping to arrive at (some
version of) the ‘truth’. Nonetheless I believe that, once the researcher has
acknowledged this state of affairs, it increases the potential of opening oneself up to
possibilities that may previously have been unavailable, in terms of the interpretative
work. In a similar way, the therapist works on his or her own issues in therapy so that
they do not form an insurmountable barrier to understanding the inner life of their
clients. By maintaining an awareness of our own prior beliefs and bias, we can strive
to minimise them.
Why not other research methods?
Discourse analysis goes even further than constructivist grounded theory in its view of
knowledge as socially constructed. Its locus of interest is language, and how we
construct meaning through the words we use. Language is an interesting and relevant
concern to this research topic. For example, when asking people for their definition of
mindfulness during the research process for the first study, participants tended to give
‘stock’ responses, that matched closely to ‘standard’ definitions of the concept (there
is no universally accepted definition of mindfulness; Davis and Hayes (2011) review
various interpretations that have been used). This may have been due to their
familiarity with existing mindfulness literature, or perhaps participants were
influenced by the participant information sheet I supplied, which included Kabat-
Zinn’s (2003, p.145) working definition of mindfulness as ‘the awareness that
emerges through paying attention on purpose, in the present moment, and
nonjudgmentally to the unfolding of experience moment by moment’. A similar trend
was noted during the early stages of this second study, at which point I delayed asking
participants for their understanding of mindfulness until several minutes into the
114
![Page 115: epubs.surrey.ac.ukepubs.surrey.ac.uk/812369/1/E-thesis 6230279.docx · Web viewIndeed, the word ‘anchor’ has been used to refer to both mindful awareness (Brown, Marquis, &](https://reader035.vdocuments.mx/reader035/viewer/2022081514/5a7123887f8b9ac0538c9d3b/html5/thumbnails/115.jpg)
interview. Responses were subsequently more diverse, and more personal in nature as
participants spoke about the aspects of mindfulness that were important to them.
A discourse analysis of how the concept of ‘mindfulness’ has been constructed
within the literature could elucidate the evolving understanding of this concept, in
light of its spread from spiritual texts, through psychology and into mainstream
discourse. However, as with the first study, this is removed from the context in which
I wanted to understand mindfulness, which is mindfulness as it applies to the
relationship between therapist and client. Even a discourse analysis of how therapists
construct understanding of relational mindfulness would have placed an emphasis on
language, which was not the chief concern of this project. A phenomenological
approach (which was anyway unavailable for this second study, having been used in
the first study) would have perhaps shifted the focus to individual experience. What
this piece of research wanted to achieve was an exploration of the processes that may
be occurring in the therapeutic relationship when therapists are informed by a mindful
approach, and grounded theory has a particular interest in actions and processes
(Tweed & Charmaz, 2012).
Most significantly, grounded theory is appropriate for an open, flexible
approach to a large subject. Other methods would not allow me to bring together
aspects of understanding into some kind of digestible whole. Whether this would
represent a ‘theory’ remained to be seen, but it was my belief that grounded theory
represented the best chance to develop an analysis and findings that could be taken as
a whole in order to, potentially, inform practice.
Incorporating reflexivity
I am a final-year student in a doctoral program in counselling psychology. I maintain a
personal mindfulness practice, and have used mindfulness both explicitly and
implicitly in my therapeutic work. Grounded theory is a reflexive approach that
encourages researchers to identify, acknowledge and question their own assumptions
and possible bias (Strauss & Corbin, 1990). My own major assumptions about the
research topic were that mindfulness has significant relevance to interpersonal
phenomena, and that it can be beneficial to both therapist and client in a therapy
115
![Page 116: epubs.surrey.ac.ukepubs.surrey.ac.uk/812369/1/E-thesis 6230279.docx · Web viewIndeed, the word ‘anchor’ has been used to refer to both mindful awareness (Brown, Marquis, &](https://reader035.vdocuments.mx/reader035/viewer/2022081514/5a7123887f8b9ac0538c9d3b/html5/thumbnails/116.jpg)
setting. I attempted to ‘bracket’ these assumptions and, as far as possible, approach the
topic with the ‘beginner’s mind’ promoted by mindfulness (Kabat-Zinn, 2004).
Participants
Participants comprised eight practising therapists who identified their therapeutic
approach as being informed by mindfulness. Two were trainee counselling
psychologists working in psychodynamic placements; the others had experience
ranging from 4 years to 30 years (mean = 13.17 years), and identified their theoretical
approaches as follows: integrative (N = 3), psychosynthesis (N = 2), and core process
psychotherapy (N = 1). All participants said that they maintained a regular personal
mindfulness practice, and all reported working with an emphasis on the relational.
Table 1 provides participant information (all names have been changed).
Table 1. Participant information
Name Years since qualifying Therapeutic approach
1. David Trainee Psychodynamic (currently)2. Steven 8 Integrative3. Sarah 15 Integrative4. Cassie Trainee Psychodynamic (currently)5. Pamela 30 Integrative6. Arlene 10 Core process7. Fiona 12 Psychosynthesis8. Mark 4 Psychosynthesis
Procedure
Recruiting participants
Theoretical sampling (see ‘Data collection and analysis’, below) was used to shape the
process of recruitment. Participants were recruited via personal contacts with the
researcher or research supervisor (N = 3), word of mouth referral from previous
participants (N = 2), and emailing therapists who expressed an interest in mindfulness
on their websites (N = 3). They were provided with an information sheet (appendix 1)
116
![Page 117: epubs.surrey.ac.ukepubs.surrey.ac.uk/812369/1/E-thesis 6230279.docx · Web viewIndeed, the word ‘anchor’ has been used to refer to both mindful awareness (Brown, Marquis, &](https://reader035.vdocuments.mx/reader035/viewer/2022081514/5a7123887f8b9ac0538c9d3b/html5/thumbnails/117.jpg)
and consent form (appendix 2) including the researcher and research supervisor’s
details, and asked to contact the researcher if they were interested in taking part.
Data collection and analysis
These two processes are described in one section due to the particular attitude to data
collection and analysis specified by grounded theory approaches. Where other forms
of qualitative inquiry might proceed in a linear fashion, beginning with gathering data
and proceeding to analysis of this data, the grounded theorist starts the process of
analysis from a very early stage of data collection; this in turn informs subsequent data
collection strategies, in terms of where and how new data is sought. This is the
process of theoretical sampling, defined by Charmaz (2014, p.192) as ‘seeking and
collecting pertinent data to elaborate and refine categories.’
In the current study, the logic of theoretical sampling informed both the
evolution of the interview schedule, and how participants were selected. For example,
analysis of early interviews revealed certain concepts rarely discussed within
mainstream psychological discourse, such as transpersonal notions of shared energy.
This prompted the researcher to contact therapists working outside of mainstream
theoretical approaches such as psychosynthesis and core process psychotherapy,
which are informed by both mindfulness and transpersonal understandings of the
therapeutic relationship.
In terms of the interview schedule, Charmaz (2014, p.64) notes that conducting
interviews without using an interview schedule would be the ideal way to avoid
imposing the researcher’s agenda on interviewees, but also cautions that lacking such
a schedule can also result in missed leads and the imposition of preconceptions. The
researcher decided to develop a basic initial interview schedule (appendix 3)
consisting of questions about demographic data, a question about how they understood
the concept of mindfulness, and a general, open-ended research question (‘The topic
of my research is “Bringing mindfulness to the therapeutic relationship”. What do you
make of this?’) that was designed to avoid, as far as possible, ‘leading’ the participant.
Potential follow-up questions were also included in this initial schedule.
Of course, by openly framing the research in terms of the therapeutic
relationship, it is likely that this approach was already influencing the responses of
117
![Page 118: epubs.surrey.ac.ukepubs.surrey.ac.uk/812369/1/E-thesis 6230279.docx · Web viewIndeed, the word ‘anchor’ has been used to refer to both mindful awareness (Brown, Marquis, &](https://reader035.vdocuments.mx/reader035/viewer/2022081514/5a7123887f8b9ac0538c9d3b/html5/thumbnails/118.jpg)
participants. An alternative would have been to ask more general questions about
mindfulness and therapy, and wait to see if data arose regarding the therapeutic
relationship. The disadvantage of such an approach would be much longer interviews,
with much data that was not immediately relevant to the phenomenon that the
researcher wished to investigate. Moreover, informing participants in advance about
the topic of the research allows them to think about the topic before the interview,
which might lead to more in-depth insights. It should also be added that a
constructivist position does not pretend that it is possible to remove the researcher’s
influence.
As data gathering and analysis proceeded, the content of the interview
schedule was modified in order to yield richer data about some of the categories
developed during analysis of early transcripts. These included questions about forms
of unconscious communication between therapist and client, and about the relevance
of mindfulness to attachment processes in therapy. Although the interview schedule
evolved during the process of research, it remained sparse, to allow the process to be
largely participant-led, which would create space for the discussion to proceed in
ways I had not anticipated. The schedule used for the final interview is included in
appendix 5. Interviews took place in confidential settings at a time and location of
participants’ choosing, and were recorded on a digital recorder. Mean interview length
was 47 minutes.
Transcripts were initially subjected to line-by-line coding (see appendix 4 for
an extract of a coded transcript), where possible using gerunds to emphasise actions
and ensure a focus on processes rather than topics – which can help to avoid forcing
participants’ statements to conform with the researcher’s preconceptions (Glaser,
1978). The next stage was focused coding, in which frequently occurring codes, or
codes that were deemed to be of particular significance, were consolidated into larger
categories. Following this, theoretical coding grouped these categories into higher-
order categories, which were compared to the initial raw data as a way of assessing
their ‘fit’ with what participants had initially said, and to assess variation within
categories. At all stages of data collection and analysis, memo writing was employed
in order to develop ideas about the data and assist in the development of categories.
Because of time limitations, theoretical sampling could not be pursued until
saturation. Although, by the end of analysis, no new categories were being developed
118
![Page 119: epubs.surrey.ac.ukepubs.surrey.ac.uk/812369/1/E-thesis 6230279.docx · Web viewIndeed, the word ‘anchor’ has been used to refer to both mindful awareness (Brown, Marquis, &](https://reader035.vdocuments.mx/reader035/viewer/2022081514/5a7123887f8b9ac0538c9d3b/html5/thumbnails/119.jpg)
from the data, this is not sufficient to claim saturation (Charmaz, 2014, p.213). An
example of how the research process could have proceeded relates to the choice of
participants. In the current study, all participants said either that mindfulness was
integral to their way of working, or that they had used explicit mindfulness techniques
with clients in the past. A fuller understanding of the subject matter might have been
achieved by interviewing therapists who do not self-identify as using mindfulness in
their work, but who nonetheless retain a strong personal involvement in mindfulness.
Credibility
Yardley (2000) proposes four areas in which qualitative researchers can take measures
to enhance the credibility of their work: sensitivity to context, commitment and rigour,
transparency and coherence, and impact and importance.
The current study attended to sensitivity to context by acknowledging the
researcher’s role in meaning making, and grounding theoretical claims in participants’
own accounts. Member-checking (Charmaz, 2014, p.210) was carried out, by
contacting participants at the end of the data gathering process and asking them for
their thoughts on the theoretical diagram (see fig.1). A follow-up interview was also
carried out with one participant (David, the first interviewee) at this stage, for an in-
depth discussion of the finalised theory.
Commitment and rigour was demonstrated by adhering to the key processes
involved in grounded theory, as described by Charmaz and other authors. Data
analysis underwent several stages, in the interests of extracting meaning as fully as
possible. Transparency and coherence were displayed via thorough description of the
research process (including a diagram to clearly present the categories and links
between them), and the retention of materials in such a way as to constitute a ‘virtual
audit’ (Yin, 1989). Finally, in terms of impact and importance, this study aimed to
address an under-explored area, and one which has relevance to therapeutic practice,
and as such could be of interest to a substantial number of people within the field.
Ethical considerations
119
![Page 120: epubs.surrey.ac.ukepubs.surrey.ac.uk/812369/1/E-thesis 6230279.docx · Web viewIndeed, the word ‘anchor’ has been used to refer to both mindful awareness (Brown, Marquis, &](https://reader035.vdocuments.mx/reader035/viewer/2022081514/5a7123887f8b9ac0538c9d3b/html5/thumbnails/120.jpg)
The study was considered to be low-risk, as it involved interviewing therapists, who
were not considered to be vulnerable. There were not thought to be any health and
safety risks for the researcher or participants, and interviews were not expected to
address material that could cause distress for participants. Fast-track ethical approval
was therefore sought and granted by the Faculty of Arts & Human Sciences at the
University of Surrey (appendix 6). Informed consent was obtained from participants,
who were informed that they could withdraw from the process at any time, without
giving a reason. To ensure anonymity, recordings and transcripts were coded and
stored separately, and pseudonyms were used in the report.
Research guidelines by the British Psychological Society (BPS, 2010) name
four principles of ethical research: Respect for the autonomy and dignity of persons,
scientific value, social responsibility, and maximising benefit and minimising harm.
The current study attended to these principles in the following ways.
The autonomy and dignity of research participants was respected by ensuring
valid consent, confidentiality and anonymity. Priority was given to the views of
participants, and the developing analysis and theory-building process was rooted in
their statements, rather than attempting to make participants’ views conform to the
preconceptions of the researcher, which can occur when researchers direct
participants’ responses (through leading questions or verbal/nonverbal signals given
off during the interview process) or misrepresent what participants have told them.
In terms of scientific value, the BPS points out that poorly designed or
executed research is a waste of resources and can result in the spread of inaccurate or
otherwise misleading information within the field. Efforts were made at all stages of
the current study to adhere to good practice (see ‘Credibility’, above) and to ensure
transparency of the research process and what it hopes to achieve.
Social responsibility refers, in a general sense, to engagement with the wider
world. This includes considerations such as the contribution of research to the wider
benefit of human society. The current research topic was chosen as it was felt that
furthering understanding of the relational aspects of mindfulness could contribute to
the wellbeing of others. It is also important to acknowledge the limitations of the
research study in question, and how research findings are interpreted in general. A
conscious effort was made during the design, execution, and writing stages to be self-
120
![Page 121: epubs.surrey.ac.ukepubs.surrey.ac.uk/812369/1/E-thesis 6230279.docx · Web viewIndeed, the word ‘anchor’ has been used to refer to both mindful awareness (Brown, Marquis, &](https://reader035.vdocuments.mx/reader035/viewer/2022081514/5a7123887f8b9ac0538c9d3b/html5/thumbnails/121.jpg)
reflective, and to acknowledge the substantial influence of the researcher on the
outcome of research.
Lastly, the BPS urges researchers to maximise benefit and minimise harm. It
was considered unlikely that harm could ensue to participants in the current study, but
measures were in place to reduce the impact of harm if it did occur, such as reassuring
participants that they could decline to answer any questions they chose, and withdraw
at any time.
Although this study involved research with a non-vulnerable population, and
did not require participants to discuss sensitive issues, it was still important to keep in
mind ethical considerations, particularly during the process of data gathering and
analysis. I approached each interview in a spirit of respect for the values and beliefs of
therapists, in the service of preserving the autonomy and dignity of participants.
However, for the study to have scientific value, it was also important for the
researcher to be able to probe the responses of interviewees – not to challenge them,
as such, but to understand more fully their beliefs and values, what lay behind them,
and what the implications were for practice. A balance had to be achieved, then,
between expressing empathy and interest in response to participant statements (Braun
& Clarke, 2013).
Also considered during the process of gathering research were potential power
dynamics between the researcher and the study participants. In my position as a
trainee psychologist, I anticipated that there would not be a problem of the researcher
holding more power than the interviewees, who were all qualified psychologists or
psychologists in training. Furthermore, as all participants used mindfulness in their
therapeutic work, I was not approaching the process from a position of relative
expertise. Sometimes, when the interviewer is less experienced than the interviewee,
the power differential can lead the participant to dominate the interview, and
researchers to unquestioningly accept the ideas they propound (Odendahl & Shaw,
2002). In the current research, half of the participants had 10 or more years of
experience as therapists, and so I was careful keep this in mind as I approached each
interview.
A final point, regarding the principle of maximising benefit and minimising
harm, is that therapists who participated in this study might have benefited on an
individual level from doing so. Several participants mentioned that taking part in the
121
![Page 122: epubs.surrey.ac.ukepubs.surrey.ac.uk/812369/1/E-thesis 6230279.docx · Web viewIndeed, the word ‘anchor’ has been used to refer to both mindful awareness (Brown, Marquis, &](https://reader035.vdocuments.mx/reader035/viewer/2022081514/5a7123887f8b9ac0538c9d3b/html5/thumbnails/122.jpg)
interview had prompted them to think more deeply about why they choose to use
mindfulness in their personal and professional lives, and as a result had gained greater
understanding. In turn, this may have informed their practice and indirectly benefited
their clients. It is hoped that publication of this research will achieve a similar
outcome for those who read it.
Results
Results summary and model
Several categories were developed from the data, and through a process of constant
comparison, links between the categories were established and developed into a
model, which is presented in figure 1. The four main categories were ‘cultivating
mindfulness’, ‘bringing mindfulness to the relationship’, ‘transforming the client’s
experience’, and ‘providing a secure base’. These categories are linked in such a way
as to represent a process that occurs within the relationship between therapist and
client, rather than constituting separate aspects of the relationship.
The data suggest that the first stage of bringing mindfulness to the therapeutic
relationship entails cultivating mindfulness. This is achieved outside of the therapeutic
setting through personal mindfulness practice (both formal and informal), and within
the therapeutic setting through adopting a mindful attitude (characterised by attending
to phenomena on a moment-by-moment basis, in a spirit of open-minded enquiry and
non-judgement).
Participants reported that by cultivating mindfulness in this way, they achieve
enhanced presence, acceptance (of self, and of the client), and attunement (with the
client, and to their own processes). These qualities are communicated to the client
through both conscious and unconscious processes, and have a transformative effect
on the client, who, in the perception of participants, feels more held/contained,
accepted, and understood. Therapists in the current study believe that these sensations
can, in turn, lead to the client experiencing the therapeutic relationship as a secure
base, which can act as a reparative relationship when a client has experienced wounds
122
![Page 123: epubs.surrey.ac.ukepubs.surrey.ac.uk/812369/1/E-thesis 6230279.docx · Web viewIndeed, the word ‘anchor’ has been used to refer to both mindful awareness (Brown, Marquis, &](https://reader035.vdocuments.mx/reader035/viewer/2022081514/5a7123887f8b9ac0538c9d3b/html5/thumbnails/123.jpg)
in intrapersonal and interpersonal relating, and facilitate deeper exploration within
sessions.
Unless stated otherwise, quotations from participants in the results section
refer to bringing mindful qualities to the therapeutic encounter, rather than explicitly
engaging in mindfulness exercises such as joint meditation.
Fig. 1 Results model
123
![Page 124: epubs.surrey.ac.ukepubs.surrey.ac.uk/812369/1/E-thesis 6230279.docx · Web viewIndeed, the word ‘anchor’ has been used to refer to both mindful awareness (Brown, Marquis, &](https://reader035.vdocuments.mx/reader035/viewer/2022081514/5a7123887f8b9ac0538c9d3b/html5/thumbnails/124.jpg)
1. Cultivating mindfulness
All participants described using formal mindfulness meditation to cultivate mindful
qualities, as well as attempting to be mindful in daily activities. All were keen to stress
that mindfulness is not simply a resource that they call upon when needed, or a tool
that they use; rather, it was described as a ‘way of being’ (Cassie, 414-5), ‘part and
parcel of who I am’ (Fiona, 463-4), and something that is ‘very “soaked into” my life’
(Sarah, 483). The aspect of mindfulness most commonly mentioned as particularly
important for participants was present-moment awareness. Participants also described
acceptance and willingness to ‘turn towards experience’ (Fiona, 138-9) as integral
factors.
Some participants (Cassie, Arlene, Mark) described formally meditating before
sessions in the aim of enhancing their therapeutic work, and all said that they had used
formal mindfulness techniques with at least some of their clients. Motivations for
doing so included to ‘deepen the bond’ (David, 237-8), to ‘ground’ both therapist and
client (Cassie, 296-7), and to introduce focus at the start of a session and select a topic
of discussion for the session (Pamela, 84-5). For participants, guiding a client through
a mindfulness exercise entailed entering a meditative state themselves: ‘I’m guiding it,
but I’m meditating myself as well’ (Steven, 234). These formal meditations within
sessions were not seen as solely for the clients’ benefit, but as a way of establishing a
connection between therapist and client: ‘It’s a different way of contacting clients.’
(Mark, 137-8)
Participants also described the benefits that mindfulness had provided their
own intrapersonal and interpersonal relating: ‘It enables me to take more
responsibility in my relationships, in my personal relationships. It challenges me to be
authentic, congruent, to the best of my ability’ (Arlene, 554-7). Space and choice were
recurrent themes in interviewee responses: ‘It gives me more of a choice about how I
react to daily events. It cultivates some space.’ (David, 19-20) Interviewees also
described mindfulness as promoting a shift from an individual perspective to one that
is more open to the experience of the other: ‘Mindfulness can help keep the well of
empathy topped up.’ (Mark, 329-30)
124
![Page 125: epubs.surrey.ac.ukepubs.surrey.ac.uk/812369/1/E-thesis 6230279.docx · Web viewIndeed, the word ‘anchor’ has been used to refer to both mindful awareness (Brown, Marquis, &](https://reader035.vdocuments.mx/reader035/viewer/2022081514/5a7123887f8b9ac0538c9d3b/html5/thumbnails/125.jpg)
2. Bringing mindfulness to the relationship
Participants believed that cultivating mindfulness in their personal and professional
life, and consciously adopting a mindful attitude in therapy sessions, can enhance the
therapeutic relationship in several ways. The three core categories constructed to
describe these phenomena were attuning to relational processes, promoting
acceptance of self, and enhancing therapeutic presence. There are conceptual links
between these categories, and they should not be viewed as discrete units of
experience, but rather as interrelating and informing each other.
(a) Enhancing presence
For the purposes of the current study, ‘presence’ is defined as being alert, situated in
the moment, and attending to processes as they unfold, so that the client experiences
the therapist as being fully ‘with’ him or her. It is a more focused concept than Geller
and Greenberg’s (2012, p.181) conception of ‘therapeutic presence’, which is a multi-
faceted construct that maps closely onto other theorists’ definitions of ‘mindfulness’
(which in their understanding is limited to ‘a practice or a set of skills’). The definition
used here is closer to Welwood’s (2000, p.100) notion of ‘unconditional presence’,
which is ‘the capacity to meet experience fully and directly, without filtering it
through any conceptual or strategic agenda.’
Not knowing
Central to the process of enhancing one’s presence in the therapy room is the
cultivation of a ‘beginner’s mind’ (Sarah, 258), or a stance of ‘not knowing’ (Fiona,
186). David, when describing the process of teaching a mindful way of being to his
clients, said: ‘So we discuss thoughts and how they would go through their mind. And
once we recognise that…’ (46-7). In his description of this process, he positions
himself as a joint learner along with the client (‘once we recognise that’), as if they are
discovering mindfulness together. This makes sense in the context of viewing
mindfulness as an ongoing process rather than as a skill to be mastered – none of the
participants professed to be an ‘expert’ in mindfulness; on the contrary, they were
125
![Page 126: epubs.surrey.ac.ukepubs.surrey.ac.uk/812369/1/E-thesis 6230279.docx · Web viewIndeed, the word ‘anchor’ has been used to refer to both mindful awareness (Brown, Marquis, &](https://reader035.vdocuments.mx/reader035/viewer/2022081514/5a7123887f8b9ac0538c9d3b/html5/thumbnails/126.jpg)
keen to provide examples from their own lives of being unmindful. I pointed out this
use of ‘we’ to David, and his response underlines that engaging in joint mindfulness in
sessions is at least as much about connecting with the client as it is about teaching a
skill:
When I use the word ‘we’, I also mean that when we engage in the mindfulness practice in therapy, I’m not merely demonstrating a skill, it’s about connecting with the client in those five minutes of meditating together.’ (David, 67-71)
For therapists in this study, bringing the beginner’s mind to the therapeutic
relationship also means moving away from an interpretative therapeutic style, or the
desire to solve problems or ‘fix’ the client. Participants valued non-interpretation as
beneficial to the process of therapy:
The mindfulness in the moment is inquiring into what’s going on, what’s really, what’s happening right now, rather than jumping to an interpretation, but to stay with it as an embodied enquiry. (Arlene, 108-11)
This is particularly relevant when therapists find themselves caught up in theoretical
frameworks within the session:
Cassie: If clients feel that I’m as present and as available to them as I can be, it enhances the work that we do together.
Researcher: In what way? Cassie: Sometimes I can get quite caught up in thinking about things from different theoretical models… and think about what we should be doing, but I suppose mindfulness enables me to bracket those things, just to be with the client. (Cassie, 89-102)
As Cassie understands it, letting go of a need to adhere to a particular approach allows
her to be in the therapist-client relationship more fully.
Embodied sense
As suggested by Arlene’s phrase ‘embodied enquiry’, participants use bodily
awareness as a way of enhancing their presence. In a distal sense this is achieved
through long-term mindfulness practice; in sessions it can involve bringing attention
back to the breath: ‘If I find myself going off, overthinking what’s going on with the
client, I might just come back to my breathing for a moment.’ (Cassie, 223-5). Several
126
![Page 127: epubs.surrey.ac.ukepubs.surrey.ac.uk/812369/1/E-thesis 6230279.docx · Web viewIndeed, the word ‘anchor’ has been used to refer to both mindful awareness (Brown, Marquis, &](https://reader035.vdocuments.mx/reader035/viewer/2022081514/5a7123887f8b9ac0538c9d3b/html5/thumbnails/127.jpg)
participants constructed an opposition between cognitive and embodied ways of
being, suggesting that mindfulness can enable a shift from the former to the latter, and
a concomitant deepening of the therapeutic exploration:
Your energy drops from being in a very busy place into a more felt sense… I’m aware just of the balance of the body, and of the breathing rhythm. I think mindfulness definitely, it’s so key, being more aware of your body. And how the more stressed and frantic you become, the more in your head you are. (Sarah, 337-44)
Cassie implicitly associated the cognitive mode with being disconnected: ‘Not so
cognitive and disconnected from other ways of being or seeing things.’ (363-4)
Focusing one’s attention inwards towards cognitions implies a disconnection from the
external world, and a move towards a more individualistic interpretative stance. A
similarly introspective act, however, that of bringing attention to the body, is
constructed as an opening up to experience and to connection with others, and
enhancing the therapeutic relationship.
It may be that this is because embodied awareness is associated with
unconscious communication between therapist and client, as in Steven’s description of
using the body to become aware of transferential processes. Alternatively, it may be
that cognitions are conceptually linked with value judgements. The mindfulness-
informed therapists in this study spoke of the value of enquiry into bodily sensations
and emotions, without labelling them, as a way of effecting psychological change.
(b) Promoting acceptance
Shapiro, Carlson, Astin, and Freedman (2006) summarised the core elements of
mindfulness as intention, attention, and attitude. If category 1, ‘Cultivating
mindfulness’ represents the ‘intention’ aspect, and the previous sub-category,
‘Enhancing presence’ relates to ‘attention’, then acceptance constitutes the attitude
adopted in the therapeutic encounter. It is both an intrapersonal and an interpersonal
stance, as described below.
Acceptance of self
For therapists in this study, attuning to their sensations and emotions was associated
with developing acceptance of them. While participants described awareness of
127
![Page 128: epubs.surrey.ac.ukepubs.surrey.ac.uk/812369/1/E-thesis 6230279.docx · Web viewIndeed, the word ‘anchor’ has been used to refer to both mindful awareness (Brown, Marquis, &](https://reader035.vdocuments.mx/reader035/viewer/2022081514/5a7123887f8b9ac0538c9d3b/html5/thumbnails/128.jpg)
transference as beneficial to the work, there was also a sense that therapists’ personal
issues can also sometimes obstruct the work and prove a barrier to establishing a
therapeutic relationship.
If I’m not in contact with something within me, like anxiety or pain, and I’m numbing that out, then that’s going to get in the way, whereas if I can be present to what’s going on, and give it space and allow it to be there, then it’s not going to come between us… it’s not necessarily getting rid of it, but it’s learning to recognise that it’s around, and it’s an influencing factor. (Fiona, 159-71)
Significantly, participants did not say that mindfulness reduced levels of (for example)
anxiety, but that the awareness fostered by mindfulness allowed them to ‘bracket’
(Cassie, 94) difficult sensations, freeing them to focus on the work. As David noted,
‘If you’re overwhelmed by your own emotional reaction to a client, then it’s very hard
to empathise with them because what’s going on is you’re analysing yourself.’ (418-
20) He also described feelings of rejection being stirred by a client:
I was feeling rejected, I was feeling not good enough, deskilled. I think my mindfulness practice really helped to cultivate some space between some very strong feelings that I would have, which would have been of rejection, and of course what would normally come after that would have been defensiveness, or reassurance, or desperately trying to placate the client. But I was able to take a step back and say ‘What’s going on here? What is actually going on?’ (David, 365-72)
Bringing awareness to what was happening in the present moment allowed David to
distance himself from his urge to react emotionally, to bring acceptance to it, and to
remain receptive to in-session processes. This also, presumably, reduces the risk of
rupture to the therapeutic alliance, as can happen if the therapist reacts automatically
to what has been stirred up in relationship with the client.
Acceptance of the other
Increased self-knowledge, which participants felt mindfulness provides, contributes to
a sense of shared humanity with others, including clients. This can assist in accepting
the client unconditionally:
Mindfulness has really helped [me] look at the client and not judge them… You feel a lot of, I’m not sure about empathy, but a lot of compassion for their suffering… And it helps you not to judge. When you see that your own, how mad your own thought
128
![Page 129: epubs.surrey.ac.ukepubs.surrey.ac.uk/812369/1/E-thesis 6230279.docx · Web viewIndeed, the word ‘anchor’ has been used to refer to both mindful awareness (Brown, Marquis, &](https://reader035.vdocuments.mx/reader035/viewer/2022081514/5a7123887f8b9ac0538c9d3b/html5/thumbnails/129.jpg)
and emotion processes are, you can sort of, you can be more compassionate towards them. (David, 454-65)
Other participants said that mindfulness does not necessarily lead to greater
acceptance of the client, but can allow for clearer insight into situations where non-
acceptance occurs:
I’m still pretty judgemental. But maybe I’m less judgemental than I would have been otherwise. I can be quite judgemental of people in general and clients. So yeah, I don’t know. Does it make you less judgemental, or does it just make you realise that you’re being judgemental? (Steven, 368-72)
By remaining alert to the possible existence of non-acceptance, the therapist can bring
a greater awareness of the current level of relating between therapist and client.
c) Attuning to the relationship
The previous two sub-categories related to presence, which is an attentional process
(broadly speaking – although ‘not knowing’ can be regarded as an attitude), and
acceptance, which is an attitude. In this regard, these two processes are perhaps to be
expected when a therapist brings mindfulness to the therapeutic setting. ‘Attunement’
can be regarded as the ‘something extra’, the somewhat intangible quality of being in
sync with the client.
Coming into the same space
It was noted by participants that the experiences of therapist and client immediately
before starting a session are likely to have been very different. Cassie described her
experience of joint meditation at the start of her personal therapy sessions:
Rather than coming in from wherever I’ve been, and going straight into talking, you know my experience is very coloured by where I’ve just come from… I can just, you know sitting there for five minutes, coming back into myself and actually having time to feel what’s going on in me, and notice where my thoughts and feelings are, I think it really enhances the therapy. (Cassie, 271-8)
It was suggested by participants that ‘checking in’ at the start of the session can help
identify what the client wants to talk about:
129
![Page 130: epubs.surrey.ac.ukepubs.surrey.ac.uk/812369/1/E-thesis 6230279.docx · Web viewIndeed, the word ‘anchor’ has been used to refer to both mindful awareness (Brown, Marquis, &](https://reader035.vdocuments.mx/reader035/viewer/2022081514/5a7123887f8b9ac0538c9d3b/html5/thumbnails/130.jpg)
It feels like it brings us into the room. It kind of grounds us both. People will have been racing to get here… it definitely changes the energy because people focus on, ‘This is why I’m here, let me really connect with this.’ (Sarah, 269-76)
Another outcome of meditating together described by interviewees was that of
reducing the space between therapist and client. This was conceptualised as providing
a more ‘intimate’ (David, Steven, Sarah) bond between therapist and client, and
reducing the gap between their roles (David, Steven, Mark). Participants used the
metaphor of travel: ‘In our vibration, in our mood, in our sense of experiencing this
moment, we are on the same path.’ (Pamela, 124-5).
Participants also described an attunement that occurs on a bodily level between
therapist and client. Pamela claimed that she could ‘model’ a calmer way of being to
the client, and transmit this on an unconscious level:
It affects my energy level and my vibration, and that vibration then affects my client’s vibration. So if I go into a deeper, more settled, calmer vibration, that’s what the client tends to pick up. (Pamela, 20-3)
Information is also transmitted from client to therapist:
I think it’s really important to be attuned to what’s happening in my own body, ‘cause I can often pick up – and this is very much part of the work – I can, you know, when I’m attuned, well attuned, I know what’s going on for the client. And so, if I feel that my heart is starting to speed up or I’m bringing in a mindful awareness of that, I would slow things down. (Arlene, 251-7)
When asked about the mechanisms of such communication, participants were
uncertain, but believed that it is a transformative process (‘almost alchemic’; Fiona,
252) for the therapeutic relationship and therapeutic work.
Increasing awareness of process
Mindfulness was also seen as a way of attuning to the ‘process’ of therapy. David
described ‘taking a step back’ (371), while Mark spoke of the ‘distance’ it provides,
allowing for meta-awareness of what is going on:
If I have a particular client who has something that will press buttons, I’m just aware of that, and the mindfulness, I think, just creates a little bit of distance. (Mark, 401-4)
130
![Page 131: epubs.surrey.ac.ukepubs.surrey.ac.uk/812369/1/E-thesis 6230279.docx · Web viewIndeed, the word ‘anchor’ has been used to refer to both mindful awareness (Brown, Marquis, &](https://reader035.vdocuments.mx/reader035/viewer/2022081514/5a7123887f8b9ac0538c9d3b/html5/thumbnails/131.jpg)
The concepts of ‘taking a step back’ and ‘creating distance’ fit with the notion that
mindfulness provides people with space between a stimulus and their response to that
stimulus, and thus facilitates choice. David was asked to elaborate on how he
understood this process, and he answered in terms of transferential processes:
I think mindfulness as a therapist is very beneficial in that sense, because it allows you to see what’s going on. You know, rather than getting drawn in to the countertransference… and to respond to it straight away, you’re able to take a metacognitive view. (David, 400-5)
Other interviewees, too, claimed that adopting a mindful stance helped them attune to
the transference. Cassie noted that, ‘Mindfulness is another way of saying awareness.
You know, being aware of your transference and countertransference.’ (398-400)
Steven was more explicit about this process, which for him involved turning mindful
attention towards his bodily sensations:
I use it to guide me in terms of understanding or noticing the countertransference. So it’s from that perspective, using my embodied feeling to know what’s going on for me and have a sense of what’s going on for me and what might be coming from them, and what might be mine. Just having a sense of things at this body level, rather than just thinking. (Steven, 115-21)
This heightened attention to process can guide the therapist’s choice of intervention
(or non-intervention), as with the greater acceptance described in the previous sub-
category, can guard against rupture of the therapeutic relationship, in this case by
remaining sensitive to what is required in the moment.
3. Transforming the client’s experience
Participants said that these qualities, of being attuned to and accepting of the client,
and therapeutically present, are communicated to the client. This occurs on a
conscious level:
I might for example say, ‘Oh gosh I’m noticing as soon as you said that, I’ve got this real, you know, pain, real tightness in my gut as you’re saying that. And I’m wondering what’s going on for you, ‘cause I’m wondering if I’m having a reaction to you in some way.’ (Fiona, 174-8)
And also unconsciously:
131
![Page 132: epubs.surrey.ac.ukepubs.surrey.ac.uk/812369/1/E-thesis 6230279.docx · Web viewIndeed, the word ‘anchor’ has been used to refer to both mindful awareness (Brown, Marquis, &](https://reader035.vdocuments.mx/reader035/viewer/2022081514/5a7123887f8b9ac0538c9d3b/html5/thumbnails/132.jpg)
It feeds into how I am with the client. Um… but I mean, they would notice probably subconsciously, not necessarily a conscious thing. (Cassie, 115-7)
What, then, is the effect on the client? Understandably, therapists were more tentative
in describing how they believed clients experience the therapeutic relationship.
However, their responses did suggest that they believe clients feel more
held/contained, accepted, and understood, all of which contribute to the establishment
and maintenance of a strong therapeutic relationship.
(a) Feeling held/contained
Therapists described their belief that mindfulness helped them to ‘be with’
challenging situations in the therapy room, and that this was picked up on by their
clients:
I am more able to sit with difficult feelings and contain the client, when things kind of get difficult or emotional. (Steven, 492-4)
According to Fiona, whether the therapist is able to bring mindful awareness to the
therapeutic relationship can be the deciding factor in providing a sense of safety for
the client:
I think it can make the difference between a client feeling safe and held [or not]. (Fiona, 222-3)
For Arlene, what allows the mindful therapist to fulfil this role is the self-awareness
that mindful enquiry brings:
Someone once said to me [that the] therapist is like a vase, made out of clay. If there’s any cracks in that vase, the client is the water, and will find it. If I haven’t fully explored my own difficulties, my own relationship angle… then I’m not going to be available to my clients. (Arlene, 148-53)
(b) Feeling accepted
According to participants, mindfulness also contributes to clients’ sense of being
accepted unconditionally by the therapist. Sarah described a recent exchange between
132
![Page 133: epubs.surrey.ac.ukepubs.surrey.ac.uk/812369/1/E-thesis 6230279.docx · Web viewIndeed, the word ‘anchor’ has been used to refer to both mindful awareness (Brown, Marquis, &](https://reader035.vdocuments.mx/reader035/viewer/2022081514/5a7123887f8b9ac0538c9d3b/html5/thumbnails/133.jpg)
herself and a client who had previously had negative experiences in other therapeutic
dyads:
I said to her, ‘What was this experience like?’ and she said, ‘Oh, this experience was different, it was like a ray of sunshine.’ And so I said, ‘Why, what made it different?’ And she said, ‘I didn’t feel judged, I didn’t feel, you know, it felt like you were very firm and clear about the boundaries and what you could offer, but you were also very connected, very real, very non-judging. (Sarah, 228-35)
This therapist believed that mindfulness gave her the qualities – connectedness,
congruence, non-judgement – that allowed her to establish a strong therapeutic
relationship with a client who had previously felt unmet in these aspects.
(c) Feeling understood
Pamela believed that engaging in joint meditation can forge an unconscious bond
between therapist and client that allows clients to feel understood. Again, the
communication from client to therapist is through embodied sensations:
I would feel it very much, you know, I would actually even share with them afterwards, you know, I noticed that your heart was beating rather fast, or your stomach seemed to be a bit tight, did you feel any of this? And then they say ‘How did you know?’ And I say, well I just sensed it. (Pamela, 264-8)
The ability to remain present with the client was also thought to be key to imparting a
sense of understanding. Fiona invoked the concept of not knowing:
Fiona: We’ve both hit the same note, in a way. That we both, we’re like tuning the radio in, that the client feels ‘got’. You know, I might have said something and it’s ‘Yes! That’s it!’ It’s that ‘spark’ sort of moment, I think.
Researcher: And can mindfulness help with that? Fiona: I think so; I think I need to be as present as I can possibly be, if those opportunities are going to come up. Researcher: And being present helps you to understand what’s going on?
Fiona: I think it does, yeah. I think it does. It’s a willingness to be in a place of not knowing, but essentially being open too. I think as soon as I start to grasp at something, then I – ‘Oh I know all this person’s issues…’ – then I’ve lost it, I’ve gone really, I’m not going to be of any use to them. (Fiona, 289-301)
The importance for Fiona of this stance of not knowing is suggested by her statement
that she would not be helpful to clients if she did not retain it.
133
![Page 134: epubs.surrey.ac.ukepubs.surrey.ac.uk/812369/1/E-thesis 6230279.docx · Web viewIndeed, the word ‘anchor’ has been used to refer to both mindful awareness (Brown, Marquis, &](https://reader035.vdocuments.mx/reader035/viewer/2022081514/5a7123887f8b9ac0538c9d3b/html5/thumbnails/134.jpg)
4. Providing a secure base
By providing a space in which the client feels understood, accepted, and held,
participants in this study perceived that they could establish a ‘secure base’ for clients
in the therapy room. This concept is taken from attachment theory, and refers to the
idea that a secure attachment with a primary caregiver can allow a child to explore his
or her surroundings in the knowledge that s/he can return to the caregiver as a safe
haven if necessary (Bowlby, 1988).
Participants described the importance of therapists developing a secure base
within the self, and how mindfulness can assist in this:
There’s a sort of solidness that you develop within yourself, a robustness, that you know you can come home to… I think that developing a secure base within yourself, mindfulness plays a huge part of that. (Sarah, 444-50)
Siegel (2007, 2009) has explored the links between mindfulness and neural pathways
linked to attachment processes. Some participants in the current study also invoked
neurological processes as a way of explaining how practising mindful therapy can
assist the client in feeling safe:
When a client goes with me on this journey into, you know, calmness and ‘nowness’, I literally feel how their sympathetic nervous system slowly settles down… and then their parasympathetic nervous system, their system of safety, you know where endorphins and oxytocin and all these wonderful chemicals are released, comes to the forefront and you literally see the facial muscles relaxing, sometimes even a smile appearing. (Pamela, 50-9)
If therapist and client are able to establish a secure base within the therapeutic
relationship, two effects described within interviews were constructing a reparative
relationship and going deeper in the work. In turn, both the establishment of a
reparative relationship and deeper exploration can reinforce the sense that the
therapeutic relationship has provided a secure base.
(a) Constructing a reparative relationship
The reparative (or ‘developmentally needed’) relationship is described by Clarkson
(2003, p.13) as ‘the intentional provision… of a corrective, reparative, or replenishing
134
![Page 135: epubs.surrey.ac.ukepubs.surrey.ac.uk/812369/1/E-thesis 6230279.docx · Web viewIndeed, the word ‘anchor’ has been used to refer to both mindful awareness (Brown, Marquis, &](https://reader035.vdocuments.mx/reader035/viewer/2022081514/5a7123887f8b9ac0538c9d3b/html5/thumbnails/135.jpg)
relationship or action where the original parenting (or previous experience) was
deficient’.
The theoretical approach taken by two participants in the current study,
psychosynthesis, proposes that the therapist can act as an ‘external unifying centre’
(Assagioli, 1965), a concept similar to Vygotsky’s ‘zone of proximal development’
(Hedegaard, 1996) in that both theories propose that, in the presence of a nurturing
other, personal growth can occur that might otherwise be out of reach of the
individual:
The idea is that you act as the good parent, so that the ‘child’ part of the client can re-experience attachment safely, without the harm that was done when they first experienced attachment. (Mark, 436-9)
Both psychosynthesis practitioners believed that mindfulness is ‘hugely important’
(Fiona, 409) in developing this external unifying centre.
Therapists working from other theoretical approaches expressed a similar
belief that the mindfulness can help to establish a reparative relationship:
Arlene: Securely attached people generally don’t seek out therapy.
Researcher: That’s really interesting. Can mindfulness – working mindfully, or cultivating mindfulness – help someone to develop more secure attachment patterns?
Arlene: In therapy – yes. It has to be in the relational… if there’s a wound that’s happened in the relation you cannot heal that wound, as far as I’m concerned, out of a relationship… it’s my belief that you have to do it in relationship if you really want to see long-lasting change, real change. (Arlene, 428-48)
Mindfulness alone, then, cannot overcome insecure attachment patterns – it is the
belief of Arlene that this work has to be carried out in the relationship.
(b) Going deeper in the work
The ‘safe exploration’ described by Bowlby is facilitated within a mindfulness-
informed therapeutic relationship, according to participants, through the mindful
processes of anchoring oneself in the body or breath, and turning towards experience
to be with ‘what is’:
135
![Page 136: epubs.surrey.ac.ukepubs.surrey.ac.uk/812369/1/E-thesis 6230279.docx · Web viewIndeed, the word ‘anchor’ has been used to refer to both mindful awareness (Brown, Marquis, &](https://reader035.vdocuments.mx/reader035/viewer/2022081514/5a7123887f8b9ac0538c9d3b/html5/thumbnails/136.jpg)
You always come up against the real difficulties, and as human beings we tend to turn away from those, whereas mindfulness is really encouraging you to go towards them and be curious and work with them. (Sarah, 472-5)
Again, participants stressed the importance of moving beyond purely cognitive
insights to address what is happening in the body:
If I only meet my client in a ‘mind’ way, then they’re stuck working in a cognitive way. Most clients come with very old cognitive strategies for distancing themselves from their emotional experience. And for distancing themselves from others, you know, not being in relationship by using their mind. So by coming into that felt experience, it allows me to not get caught in that distancing strategy they’ve learnt. And to bring myself back into my felt experience and then form a different level of relationship with the client. (Mark, 165-74)
There is a sense in these statements of ‘opening up’ the work to a more rounded and
fuller way of working. If therapist and client have successfully constructed a safe
space, then it is more likely that the client will be able to explore painful subject
matter in a way that is tolerable for both therapist and client:
It’s very important that they have the ability to ‘pendulate’… to move from the place that’s feeling overwhelming, to a place that feels safe… but again it’s still trying to be mindful of what’s resourceful, what’s resourcing, and what’s overwhelming. So, you know, in that sense mindfulness is always there. (Arlene, 237-46)
This can be the difference between a therapeutic relationship that merely provides
temporary relief, and one that is truly transformative for the client. As one participant
put it:
In this relationship with me, they might dare to go somewhere where they haven’t dared to go before. And maybe if we do it a few times, you know, being relaxed and not worrying about everything, maybe they can then sometimes apply that when they’re not with me. (Pamela, 153-8)
The deeper exploration afforded by the secure base, then, can reinforce the therapeutic
relationship (and the client’s relationship to his or her own psychological processes),
as the client discovers new possibilities in intrapersonal and interpersonal relating.
136
![Page 137: epubs.surrey.ac.ukepubs.surrey.ac.uk/812369/1/E-thesis 6230279.docx · Web viewIndeed, the word ‘anchor’ has been used to refer to both mindful awareness (Brown, Marquis, &](https://reader035.vdocuments.mx/reader035/viewer/2022081514/5a7123887f8b9ac0538c9d3b/html5/thumbnails/137.jpg)
Closing remarks
It is worthwhile mentioning that several participants commented on the commonalities
between mindful qualities and those qualities that are widely assumed to contribute to
effective therapy: ‘So many of the core aspects of mindfulness are core to therapy’
(Sarah, 386-7). It is also important to note that participants described a process, rather
than a set of tools that they draw upon. Neither is mindfulness something that is
achieved once and for all time, and can then be drawn upon in future therapeutic
work. Rather, cultivating mindfulness is an iterative process involving a constant
return to processes unfolding from moment to moment. It is also something that
functions as a base from which to work relationally, rather than being limited to
specific applications within therapy. This idea was captured in a metaphor used by one
participant who compared mindfulness to the drone of bagpipes, which provides a
backdrop for the piper’s melodies: ‘It’s kind of the underpinning drone… it becomes
the sort of underpinning aspect of all the work, really.’ (Mark, 448-52)
Discussion
Based on the results drawn from the interview process, which included returning to
participants with the developing model, a tentative theory was developed. This is that
mindfulness-informed therapists experience mindfulness as a way of being, rather
than as something that they ‘do’. They cultivate mindful awareness via formal and
informal practice outside of sessions, and by bringing themselves to a state of mindful
awareness on a moment-by-moment basis. This results in an improved ability to be
present with the client, attending to phenomena as they arise in the moment, which is
signified by a move away from an interpretative, cognitive stance, and towards an
experiential, embodied mode of being. The state of being present is accompanied by
an attitude of acceptance, of the client and of the therapist’s own experience, and
together they contribute substantially to attunement between therapist and client,
which in turn allows for clearer perception of the relational processes unfolding in the
session.
Evidence for the next stage of this process is inevitably less comprehensive, as
the study drew from therapist perceptions and not client reports, but the data suggest
137
![Page 138: epubs.surrey.ac.ukepubs.surrey.ac.uk/812369/1/E-thesis 6230279.docx · Web viewIndeed, the word ‘anchor’ has been used to refer to both mindful awareness (Brown, Marquis, &](https://reader035.vdocuments.mx/reader035/viewer/2022081514/5a7123887f8b9ac0538c9d3b/html5/thumbnails/138.jpg)
that the client’s experience is transformed by the therapist’s mindful stance, resulting
in feelings of containment and acceptance, and the sense that they are understood by
the therapist, which together contribute to the client experiencing the therapeutic
relationship as a secure base, which can be reparative for those clients with unresolved
developmental needs, and provides the necessary safe space for exploration of
challenging issues and the experiencing of a new way of relating. In turn, these
experiences feed back in to the client’s sense of the relationship providing a secure
base.
The four main categories will now be examined in more detail, with reference
to existing literature within the field.
Cultivating mindfulness
In a sense, maintaining a mindfulness practice dissolved some of the boundaries
between participants’ personal and professional lives. They reported benefits for their
own personal relationships, which were described in terms of having more space
between stimulus and response, and consequently more choice in how to respond. At
the time of the study, not all participants were explicitly using mindfulness in their
work with clients, and those who were, said that they did not do so with all clients.
However, when mindfulness techniques were brought into the work, they were
characterised by a commitment to the process, involving moving into a meditative
state along with the client.
Therapists did not claim to be more mindful, or to work more effectively, than
other therapists who did not use mindfulness. However, they were clear that their
personal practices meant that they were more mindful than they otherwise would be.
Bringing mindfulness to the relationship
This category had three dimensions: presence, acceptance, and attunement.
Enhancing presence
Present-moment awareness is a fundamental – perhaps the fundamental – aspect of a
mindful way of being. If one is not alert to the unfolding of experience from moment
138
![Page 139: epubs.surrey.ac.ukepubs.surrey.ac.uk/812369/1/E-thesis 6230279.docx · Web viewIndeed, the word ‘anchor’ has been used to refer to both mindful awareness (Brown, Marquis, &](https://reader035.vdocuments.mx/reader035/viewer/2022081514/5a7123887f8b9ac0538c9d3b/html5/thumbnails/139.jpg)
to moment, then it is not possible to bring the healing attitude of acceptance to this
experience.
For participants in the current study, awareness of one’s embodied experience
was vital to the process of being present, which contrasts somewhat with some of the
participant views in the IPA study by Ellwood (2014). Participants in that study were
not regular meditators and did not profess to bring mindfulness to their work, and
some of them conceptualised mindfulness as a way of ‘accessing thoughts’. In the
current study of therapists experienced in mindfulness, a dichotomy was established
between embodied and cognitive modes of being, and it was felt that the former was
more conducive to working closely in relationship with a client. The significance of
the therapist’s body in relationship with the client was outlined by Boadella (1997),
who drew attention to process such as breathing patterns, posture, movement, and eye
contact, and their significance both to infant development and to growth within the
therapeutic relationship. Shaw (2004) elicited the views of 90 practitioners from
different theoretical approaches, in a series of discussion groups, on the use of the
body in therapy, and then interviewed 14 of them. Findings from a grounded theory
analysis were then presented to two groups of psychotherapists, in Vienna and
Stockholm. As with the current research, this large-scale study highlighted the
contribution that embodied awareness can make to the therapeutic encounter, for
therapists from a wide range of theoretical disciplines.
Closely related to embodiment is a move away from interpretation and towards
simply ‘being with’ the client, characterised by an open curiosity and the position of
not knowing, which can be described as the ‘beginner’s mind’. Mindfulness teaches a
nonstriving way of being, and participants in the current study applied this to their
work. Many therapists have recognised the value of non-interpretation (Stern et al.,
1998). Rogers, in a 1987 interview (Baldwin, 1987, p.45), claimed, ‘when I am
intensely focused on a client, just my presence seems to be healing’. Even Freud
(1912, pp.111-112) described a process of maintaining ‘evenly suspended attention’ in
order to ensure that the analyst fully attends to what the patient is saying: ‘He should
simply listen, and not bother about whether he is keeping anything in mind.’ For the
therapists interviewed in this study, cognitive processes, such as impulses towards
interpretation, detract from their ability to just be with the client. This aspiration to be
with, rather than do to, the client, is one of the aims of the counselling psychologist
139
![Page 140: epubs.surrey.ac.ukepubs.surrey.ac.uk/812369/1/E-thesis 6230279.docx · Web viewIndeed, the word ‘anchor’ has been used to refer to both mindful awareness (Brown, Marquis, &](https://reader035.vdocuments.mx/reader035/viewer/2022081514/5a7123887f8b9ac0538c9d3b/html5/thumbnails/140.jpg)
(Strawbridge & Woolfe, 2010, pp.10-11). Mindfulness seems to be conducive to this,
and has been formally implemented in a training program to enhance therapeutic
presence, with participants reporting greater awareness of their own – and their
clients’ – processes, a greater sense of calm during sessions, and more compassion
and acceptance during therapist-client interactions. They also perceived positive
effects for clients, resulting from these changes (McCollum & Gehart, 2010).
Promoting acceptance
This sub-category overlaps significantly with ‘being present’. Where that category
maps onto the ‘attention’ aspect of mindfulness, acceptance relates to the ‘attitude’
brought to awareness. The two are, however, in a sense inextricable: If a therapist is
not able to bring acceptance to the therapeutic relationship, then he or she will be
unable to be fully present in that relationship. In a mindfulness-informed framework
of understanding, all forms of psychological distress can be understood as ‘non-
acceptance’ – a commonly invoked metaphor in the literature is of the ‘two arrows’
sutta derived from Buddhist teachings, which likens the experience of a painful event
to being shot with an arrow, and unmindful reactions to the event (e.g. self-reproach,
rumination) to a second, more painful arrow.
It follows that if a therapist has not attended to personal wellbeing, it is less
likely that he or she will be able to help the client: Rubino, Barker, Roth, and Fearon
(2000) reported that anxiously attached therapists respond to therapist-client ruptures
less empathically than do their securely attached peers, and concluded that such
ruptures might be interpreted by the anxiously-attached therapist as indicators that
patients intend to leave therapy. More recent research (Todd, Forstmann, Burgmer,
Brooks, & Galinsky, 2015) suggests that the experience of anxiety attenuates
perspective taking and encourages ‘egocentric’ interpretations. Such findings resonate
with David’s description of feeling ‘rejected’ in the session, and how mindfulness
helped him bring acceptance to this experience and avoid reacting in such a way that
might have damaged his relationship with his client.
Mindfulness has therefore been used as a form of self-care for people working
within the caring professions. Mindfulness-based stress reduction training has been
found to enhance self-compassion in health care workers (Shapiro, Astin, Bishop, &
Cordova, 2005) and trainee therapists (Shapiro, Brown, & Biegel, 2007). Kingsbury
140
![Page 141: epubs.surrey.ac.ukepubs.surrey.ac.uk/812369/1/E-thesis 6230279.docx · Web viewIndeed, the word ‘anchor’ has been used to refer to both mindful awareness (Brown, Marquis, &](https://reader035.vdocuments.mx/reader035/viewer/2022081514/5a7123887f8b9ac0538c9d3b/html5/thumbnails/141.jpg)
(2009) found strong correlations between two aspects of mindfulness (non-judgement
and non-reactivity) and self-compassion, as well as two components of empathy
(perspective taking and experiencing discomfort as a response to others’ emotional
states). Intriguingly, self-compassion was a full mediator of the relationship between
mindfulness and perspective taking, which has relevance to Mark’s conceptualisation
of empathy, in the current study, as a resource that needs to be maintained: personal
mindfulness practice helps him to ‘keep the well of empathy topped up’. Compassion
for self as a precondition of compassion for the other is also a central theme of
compassion-focused therapy (Gilbert, 2009, 2010).
Attuning to the relationship
From the descriptions provided by interviewees in the current study, it appears that,
when a therapist brings mindfulness to the therapeutic relationship, either by
remaining present in a spirit of open-minded acceptance, or by engaging in a joint
mindfulness practice, there is an attunement that occurs between therapist and client.
Whereas some theorists (e.g. McCluskey, Roger, & Nash, 1997) treat attunement
between therapist and client synonymously with ‘affect attunement’, the descriptions
of participants in the current study suggest that attunement is broader than this.
One aspect of this attunement involves a reduction of the conceptual distance
between therapist and client. Therapists and clients in the previous study by Ellwood
(2014) reported that engaging in joint mindfulness fostered a sense of equality, as did
therapists interviewed for the current study. Similarly, participants in both studies
noted that therapists and clients are likely to have had disparate experiences
immediately prior to the session, and that focusing on the breath or body for a short
period at the start of sessions can bring them into the same experiential space.
Some participants also described unconscious attunement signalled by
unconscious bodily processes of the therapist and client coming into sync. This finds
parallels in the literature, in which a here-and-now focus has been indicated as a way
of noticing transference when it occurs (Feinstein, 1990; Kradin, 2007). Safran and
Reading (2008) describe a process of ‘affective communication’ that is present at both
conscious and unconscious levels within a therapeutic relationship, and note that
therapists can bring attention to such processes as a way of guiding themselves within
141
![Page 142: epubs.surrey.ac.ukepubs.surrey.ac.uk/812369/1/E-thesis 6230279.docx · Web viewIndeed, the word ‘anchor’ has been used to refer to both mindful awareness (Brown, Marquis, &](https://reader035.vdocuments.mx/reader035/viewer/2022081514/5a7123887f8b9ac0538c9d3b/html5/thumbnails/142.jpg)
the session. In such a way, Steven, in the current study, described using attunement to
his embodied state of being as an indicator of transferential processes.
The idea of using the body as a way of connecting to the experience of others
is not a new one – Merleau-Ponty (1962, p.186) wrote that, ‘It is through my body that
I understand other people.’ This embodied understanding of human beings’
relationship to the world and other people is in line with the field’s non-dualist stance,
which emphasises a holistic understanding of human experience. Different
interpretations have been applied to what happens in the therapist’s body during a
therapeutic encounter. Gestalt therapy focuses on embodied emotion as a way of
establishing ‘here and now’ contact between therapist and client (Kepner, 1988),
while from a psychodynamic perspective, this process has been termed ‘embodied
countertransference’ (Samuels, 1985; Field, 1989) or, particularly within the dance
movement psychotherapy tradition, ‘somatic countertransference’ (Pallaro, 2007;
Vulcan, 2009). Others, working within different traditions, might simply think of it as
bodily communication. However this embodied communication is conceptualised, it is
clear that it has transtheoretical relevance, and the therapists surveyed in the current
research believe cultivating mindfulness to be facilitative of working in this way.
Transforming the client’s experience
The claims made in this category are necessarily speculative as, regardless of the level
of attunement and understanding achieved within the therapeutic relationship, the
therapist is not the client and cannot speak for them. As Walsh (2008, p.75) cautions,
‘one’s sense of the client’s experience is always a projection based at least in part on
one’s own experience.’ Nevertheless, potentially promising avenues of exploration
were opened up by participants’ perceptions of client experiences. They believed that
clients feel more held/contained, accepted, and understood, which can be traced,
respectively, to the presence, acceptance, and attunement described in the previous
category (although these are not discrete processes; rather, they interact and feed off
each other).
Participants were unsure of the mechanisms involved in communicating
mindful qualities to the client, and of the resultant changes within the client. One
promising field that might shed light on this is the growing body of research
142
![Page 143: epubs.surrey.ac.ukepubs.surrey.ac.uk/812369/1/E-thesis 6230279.docx · Web viewIndeed, the word ‘anchor’ has been used to refer to both mindful awareness (Brown, Marquis, &](https://reader035.vdocuments.mx/reader035/viewer/2022081514/5a7123887f8b9ac0538c9d3b/html5/thumbnails/143.jpg)
surrounding mirror neurons and their role in promoting a sense of connectedness with
others. Siegel (1999, 2007, 2009) terms this field ‘interpersonal neurobiology’, and
proposes that cultivating mindfulness can increase attunement to the self, which in
turn helps one to attune to others. It has also been theorised that these are the neural
processes involved in primary attachment processes (Fonagy, Gergely, Jurist, &
Target, 2002) and the cultivation of empathy (Fishbane, 2007; Gallese, Eagle, &
Migone, 2007). Such interpersonal neural processes may be behind participants’ sense
of embodied, unconscious communication, for example Pamela’s description of ‘just
sensing’ the client’s emotional processes within her body.
The findings of the present research lend support to the hypothesis advanced
by Bruce, Manber, Shapiro, and Constantino (2010), which proposes that mindfulness
influences the client in therapy through promoting attunement in three relationships:
the therapist’s relationship with himself or herself, the therapist’s relationship with the
client, and the client’s relationship with himself or herself. The notion that the
therapist’s self-relationship influences his or her relationship with others is supported
by empirical evidence from extensive structural analysis of therapist-client
interactions (Constantino, 2000). The mechanisms through which this process might
occur are still unclear, but future research on the proposed existence of mirror neurons
in humans could help increase our understanding of the relationship between
intrapersonal and interpersonal attunement (Cozolino, 2014).
Establishing a secure base
It follows that, if the client’s activated, anxious emotions can be transmitted to the
therapist, then this communication can go in the other direction, with the therapist
holding feelings of safety that are then transmitted to the client, as in an attachment
relationship. Indeed, the therapeutic relationship has been described in terms of an
attachment relationship, with some overlaps and divergences from the findings of the
present study. Bowlby (1988, p.150) saw the role of the therapist as to be a
‘companion’, sitting beside the patient during exploration, rather than an expert
offering interpretations, which is consistent with the non-interpretative stance
described by participants in this study. He also, however, conceived of attachment as a
bond with someone who is perceived as ‘wiser and/or stronger’ (Bowlby, 1973).
143
![Page 144: epubs.surrey.ac.ukepubs.surrey.ac.uk/812369/1/E-thesis 6230279.docx · Web viewIndeed, the word ‘anchor’ has been used to refer to both mindful awareness (Brown, Marquis, &](https://reader035.vdocuments.mx/reader035/viewer/2022081514/5a7123887f8b9ac0538c9d3b/html5/thumbnails/144.jpg)
Several studies (e.g. Farber, Lippert, & Nevas, 1995; Mallinckrodt, 2010) have
proposed this element as essential to the formation of an attachment bond between
client and therapist. By contrast, participants in the current study conceived of
mindfulness as reducing the distance between therapist and client in terms of
dissolving the ‘knowledge gap’, and removing notions of the therapist’s ‘expert status’
(which of course is not to say that their clients do not experience them as
‘wiser/stronger’, just that they themselves do not experience this).
The stated outcomes of using mindfulness to establish a safe, holding
therapeutic relationship – providing a reparative relationship and going deeper in the
work – are linked in that previously unexplored aspects of the client’s self are likely to
have remained unexplored because of his or her attachment history, and the particular
form it took. For example, there is some evidence that attachment style is passed on
from caregiver to child (van Ijzendoorn & Bakermans-Kranenburg, 1997), and so a
child of an insecurely attached parent might learn that negative emotions are
dangerous and that one should distance oneself from anything that might cause them
to arise. By contrast, a mindfully integrated therapist will encourage a ‘turning
towards’ negative stimuli in a spirit of curiosity and acceptance.
This idea is supported by research evidence that has linked secure client
attachment to the therapist with greater session depth (Mallinckrodt, Porter, and
Kivlighan Jr., 2005). There is also evidence to suggest that the therapist’s attachment
style can moderate this relationship between therapist-client attachment and depth of
in-session exploration (Romano, Fitzpatrick, & Janzen, 2008). This supports the idea
that when the therapist is able to establish a secure base within herself or himself –
which can be achieved through mindfulness practice (Snyder, Shapiro, & Treleaven,
2012) – this is beneficial for the therapeutic relationship and consequently on session
exploration.
A final note of caution should be sounded, making clear that positioning the
therapist as a secure base for the client does not tell the whole story of the therapeutic
relationship. Farber and Metzger (2009) caution that the dyadic relationships of
parent/child and therapist/client are not equivalent. Indeed, to adhere too closely to the
idea of the therapeutic relationship as secure base may be to make claims for therapy
that cannot be fulfilled, and at the same time risks infantilising the client.
Nevertheless, it holds value as a heuristic for understanding what occurs in therapy
144
![Page 145: epubs.surrey.ac.ukepubs.surrey.ac.uk/812369/1/E-thesis 6230279.docx · Web viewIndeed, the word ‘anchor’ has been used to refer to both mindful awareness (Brown, Marquis, &](https://reader035.vdocuments.mx/reader035/viewer/2022081514/5a7123887f8b9ac0538c9d3b/html5/thumbnails/145.jpg)
(particularly where there has been trauma or attachment issues in the client’s life), and
merits future empirical work, both in terms of the ‘secure base’ conceptualisation
itself, and how mindfulness qualities might contribute to this type of therapeutic
relationship.
Conclusion
Reflections on method and limitations
The grounded theory method used in this study proved to be stimulating and valuable
to the development of understanding the phenomenon in question. The use of constant
comparison led the research in directions that were not anticipated at the start of the
process. For example, despite the researcher’s (Ellwood, 2013) literature review
addressing the links between mindfulness and attachment, the first empirical study
(Ellwood, 2014) had moved away from this topic to focus on in-session joint
meditation between therapist and client. Attachment did not feature explicitly among
the themes developed from participant responses in that study, and so it was
interesting, during the current research, to witness the development of the theme of
mindfulness providing a secure base, that had featured in the original literature review.
A limitation of the study, however, was that it perhaps did not meet the
requirements to be considered a fully developed theory of how therapists bring
mindfulness into the therapeutic relationship. Theoretical sampling was used in
shaping the direction of the research, in terms of participants and directions of
enquiry, but perhaps did not reach full ‘saturation’ (although doubts may be raised as
to whether full saturation is ever possible; Dey, 1999). What became apparent during
the development of the theoretical model was that more data were required regarding
the experience of clients – which could only be achieved by interviewing clients. Due
to time limitations, this was not possible, and so perhaps the theory proposed in the
current study may best be understood as an ‘abbreviated’ grounded theory (Willig,
2008) – hence the title, ‘Towards a grounded theory’.
An issue that has been raised by participants in this study and the previous IPA
study, both explicitly and implicitly, is that mindfulness meditation and its related
phenomena have a certain ineffable quality. Coyle (2008) discusses the difficulty of
145
![Page 146: epubs.surrey.ac.ukepubs.surrey.ac.uk/812369/1/E-thesis 6230279.docx · Web viewIndeed, the word ‘anchor’ has been used to refer to both mindful awareness (Brown, Marquis, &](https://reader035.vdocuments.mx/reader035/viewer/2022081514/5a7123887f8b9ac0538c9d3b/html5/thumbnails/146.jpg)
conducting qualitative research on spiritual or religious issues, because they are
difficult to capture in language. According to Coyle (p.58), this has led to a research
bias that has neglected questions such as ‘the phenomenology of religious, spiritual or
mystical experience and its implications for the intrapersonal, interpersonal and
transpersonal dimensions of self’. A similar claim might be made for the study of
mindfulness, which has roots in a spiritual tradition and incorporates certain elements
that are difficult to adequately describe. Such a position is held by many who write
about, and teach, mindfulness – even the author of a book called Mindfulness in plain
English: ‘You can play with word symbols all day long and you will never pin it
down completely.’ (Gunaratana, 2002, p.137)
Furthermore, as with religious or spiritual beliefs, mindfulness is – according
to participants in the current study – integrated significantly in the lives of those who
practise it. It is ‘part and parcel’ (Fiona, 463-4) of who they are; it is ‘soaked into’
(Sarah, 483) their very being. As such, it may have been difficult for participants to
achieve sufficient distance from their experience of mindfulness to be able to
comment on it critically. Indeed, this was noted by participants: Arlene (564-5)
commented that she didn’t separate a mindful approach to life from a mindful
approach to therapy, while Steven found it difficult to assign the changes he had noted
in his life to learning mindfulness, training as a therapist (56-8), or simply growing
older (347-9). For these reasons, and because of methodological difficulties in
measuring mindfulness and comparing ‘mindful’ and ‘non-mindful’ people or states
(discussed in the literature review), claims made for mindfulness-informed therapeutic
work may therefore have to remain somewhat tentative and probabilistic.
Future directions
As mentioned above, a limitation of the current study is that clients of mindfulness-
informed therapists were not included in the research process. Future research is
needed on how such clients experience the therapeutic relationship, which will shed
light on how closely the perceptions of participants in the current study accurately
match those of their clients.
Another potential area of research could help establish which aspects of
interpersonal relating are specific to mindfulness, and which are the result of training
146
![Page 147: epubs.surrey.ac.ukepubs.surrey.ac.uk/812369/1/E-thesis 6230279.docx · Web viewIndeed, the word ‘anchor’ has been used to refer to both mindful awareness (Brown, Marquis, &](https://reader035.vdocuments.mx/reader035/viewer/2022081514/5a7123887f8b9ac0538c9d3b/html5/thumbnails/147.jpg)
and working as a therapist – several participants noted that many qualities associated
with mindfulness are also qualities that are characteristic of good practice in therapy.
To distinguish which aspects stem from learning mindfulness and which come from
therapeutic training and practice, further understanding could be gained from
interviewing therapists who had been qualified for a number of years before adopting
a mindfulness practice.
Contribution to the field
The relevance of mindfulness to relational processes in general, and to the therapeutic
relationship in particular, is apparent from the extensive theoretical connections that
have been established within the literature. However, there remains a relative lack of
empirical research on the subject, and the current study fills a gap in the field in that it
is the first research project to explore how mindfulness-informed therapists bring
mindfulness to the therapeutic relationship. Many of the components of mindfulness
and the therapeutic relationship discussed within this paper have been examined in
isolation elsewhere (see ‘Discussion’ for links with existing literature), but not, to the
author’s knowledge, within the same study. In this sense, perhaps the major
contribution of this study is that it integrates these components to bring a fuller
understanding to the processes that occur in relationship between therapists and
clients, when therapy is informed by mindfulness.
The present study has particular relevance to the field of counselling
psychology, in that the latter places emphasis, above all, on human existence and
meaning making as essentially relational (Manafi, 2010). The way of working
described by mindful therapists also has relevance for counselling psychology
practice, as it describes a way of ‘being with’, rather than ‘doing to’, the client
(Strawbridge & Woolfe, 2010, pp.10-11). Furthermore, counselling psychologists tend
to eschew adopting one particular theoretical approach, in favour of an integrative
way of working (McAteer, 2010). Similarly, working mindfully is a trans-theoretical
concept that any therapist can adopt, regardless of theoretical position. It is hoped that
this study will stimulate therapists who already use mindfulness in their personal and
professional life, and affirm to them the relational benefits of doing so. For those who
have not adopted a mindfulness practice, it is hoped that this study might encourage
147
![Page 148: epubs.surrey.ac.ukepubs.surrey.ac.uk/812369/1/E-thesis 6230279.docx · Web viewIndeed, the word ‘anchor’ has been used to refer to both mindful awareness (Brown, Marquis, &](https://reader035.vdocuments.mx/reader035/viewer/2022081514/5a7123887f8b9ac0538c9d3b/html5/thumbnails/148.jpg)
them to do so, in a spirit of openness to ‘what is’, and to what may be possible in the
therapeutic relationship.
Acknowledgements
I would like to thank my supervisor, Linda Morison, for her guidance and support
during the research process. I would also like to express appreciation for all those I
spoke to during the interview process, for their time and enthusiasm for the subject
matter.
Ethical standards
This study has been approved by the Faculty of Arts & Human Sciences Ethics
Committee at the University of Surrey, and was therefore performed in accordance
with the ethical standards established by the 1964 Declaration of Helsinki and its later
amendments. All persons gave their informed consent prior to taking part.
Conflict of interest
The author declares that he has no conflict of interest relating to the present study.
ReferencesAgnew-Davies, R., Stiles, W. B., Hardy, G. E., Barkham, M., & Shapiro, D. A. (1998). Alliance structure assessed by the Agnew Relationship Measure (ARM). British Journal of Clinical Psychology, 37, 155-172. Aiken, G. A. (2006). The potential effect of mindfulness meditation on the cultivation of empathy in psychotherapy: A qualitative inquiry (Doctoral dissertation, ProQuest Information & Learning).Assagioli, R. (1965). Psychosynthesis: A manual of principles and techniques. New York: Hobbs, Dorman & Company.
148
![Page 149: epubs.surrey.ac.ukepubs.surrey.ac.uk/812369/1/E-thesis 6230279.docx · Web viewIndeed, the word ‘anchor’ has been used to refer to both mindful awareness (Brown, Marquis, &](https://reader035.vdocuments.mx/reader035/viewer/2022081514/5a7123887f8b9ac0538c9d3b/html5/thumbnails/149.jpg)
Baldwin, M. (1987). Interview with Carl Rogers on the use of the self in therapy. Journal of Psychotherapy & The Family, 3(1), 45-52.Barnes, S., Brown, K. W., Krusemark, E., Campbell, W. K., & Rogge, R. D. (2007). The role of mindfulness in romantic relationship satisfaction and responses to relationship stress. Journal of Marital and Family Therapy, 33(4), 482-500.Boadella, D. (1997). Embodiment in the therapeutic relationship: Main speech at the First Congress of the World Council of Psychotherapy, Vienna, 1-5 July 1996. International Journal of Psychotherapy, 2, 31-44. Bowlby, J. (1973). Attachment and loss. Vol. 2. Separation: Anxiety and anger. New York: Basic Books.Bowlby, J. (1988). A secure base. New York: Basic Books. Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2013). Successful qualitative research: A practical guide for beginners. London: Sage. British Psychological Society (2010). Code of human research ethics. Leicester: BPS. Retrieved from http://www.bps.org.uk/sites/default/files/documents/code_of_human_research_ethics.pdf Brown, K. W. & Ryan, R. M. (2003). The benefits of being present: Mindfulness and its role in psychological well-being. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 84, 822-848.Buchheld, N., Grossman, P., & Walach, H. (2001). Measuring mindfulness in insight meditation (Vipassana) and meditation-based psychotherapy: The development of the Freiburg Mindfulness Inventory (FMI). Journal for Meditation and Meditation Research, 1, 11-34.Burgoon, J. K., Berger, C. R., & Waldron, V. R. (2000). Mindfulness and interpersonal communication. Journal of Social Issues, 56(1), 105-127.Carson, J. W., Carson, K. M., Gil, K. M., & Baucom, D. H. (2004). Mindfulness-based relationship enhancement. Behavior Therapy, 35(3), 471-494.Charmaz, K. (2014). Constructing grounded theory (2nd Ed.). London: Sage. Chiesa, A., & Serretti, A. (2011). Mindfulness-based interventions for chronic pain: a systematic review of the evidence. The Journal of Alternative and Complementary Medicine, 17(1), 83-93.Cigolla, F., & Brown, D. (2011). A way of being: Bringing mindfulness into individual therapy. Psychotherapy Research, 21(6), 709-721. Clarkson, P. (2003). The therapeutic relationship (2nd ed.). London: Whurr. Cooper, M. (2008). Essential research findings in counselling and psychotherapy. London: Sage. Corrie, S. (2010). What is evidence? In R. Woolfe, S. Strawbridge, B. Douglas, & W. Dryden (Eds.), Handbook of counselling psychology, 3rd Edition (pp.44-61). London: Sage. Coyle, A. (2008). Qualitative methods and ‘the (partly) ineffable’ in psychological research on religion and spirituality. Qualitative Research in Psychology, 5, 56-67.
149
![Page 150: epubs.surrey.ac.ukepubs.surrey.ac.uk/812369/1/E-thesis 6230279.docx · Web viewIndeed, the word ‘anchor’ has been used to refer to both mindful awareness (Brown, Marquis, &](https://reader035.vdocuments.mx/reader035/viewer/2022081514/5a7123887f8b9ac0538c9d3b/html5/thumbnails/150.jpg)
Cozolino, L. (2014). The neuroscience of human relationships: Attachment and the developing social brain (2nd Edition). New York: W. W. Norton. Davis, D. M., & Hayes, J. A. (2011). What are the benefits of mindfulness? A practice review of psychotherapy-related research. Psychotherapy, 48, 198-208. Dey, I. (1999). Grounding grounded theory. San Diego: Academic Press. Duncan, L. G., Coatsworth, J. D., & Greenberg, M. T. (2009). A model of mindful parenting: Implications for parent–child relationships and prevention research. Clinical child and family psychology review, 12(3), 255-270.Ellwood, J. (2013). Mindfulness and attachment: A review. Unpublished manuscript, Department of Psychology, University of Surrey, Guildford. Ellwood, J. (2014). Therapist and client experiences of joint mindfulness. Unpublished manuscript, Department of Psychology, University of Surrey, Guildford. Falb, M. D., & Pargament, K. I. (2012). Relational mindfulness, spirituality, and the therapeutic bond. Asian Journal of Psychiatry, 5, 351-354.Farber, B. A., Lippert, R. A., & Nevas, D. B. (1995). The therapist as attachment figure. Psychotherapy: Theory, Research, Practice, Training, 32(2), 204-212.Farber, B. A., & Metzger, J. A. (2009). The therapist as secure base. In J. H. Obegi & E. Berant (Eds.), Attachment theory and research in clinical work with adults (pp.46-70). New York: Guilford Press. Feinstein, D. (1990). Transference and countertransference in the here-and-now therapies. Hakomi Forum, 8, 7-13.Field, N. (1989). Listening with the body: An exploration in the countertransference. British Journal of Psychotherapy, 5, 512-522. Fishbane, M. D. (2007). Wired to connect: Neuroscience, relationships, and therapy. Family Process, 46(3), 395-412. Fonagy, P., Gergely, G., Jurist, E., & Target, M. (2002). Affect regulation, mentalization, and the development of the self. New York: Other Press. Freud, S. (1912). Recommendations to physicians practising psychoanalysis. In J. Strachey (Ed.), The standard edition of the complete psychological works of Sigmund Freud (Vol. 12) (pp.109-120). London: Hogarth Press. Gallese, V., Eagle, M. N., & Migone, P. (2007). Intentional attunement: Mirror neurons and the neural underpinnings of interpersonal relations. Journal of the American Psychoanalytic Association, 55(1), 131-175. Geller, S. M., & Greenberg, L. S. (2012). Therapeutic presence: A mindful approach to effective therapy. Washington, D.C.: American Psychological Association. Gilbert, P. (2009). Introducing compassion-focused therapy. Advances in psychiatric treatment, 15(3), 199-208.Gilbert, P. (2010). The compassionate mind. London: Constable. Gillath, O., Hart, J., Noftle, E. E., & Stockdale, G. D. (2009). Development and validation of a state adult attachment measure (SAAM). Journal of Research in Personality, 43, 362-373. Glaser, B. G. (1978). Theoretical sensitivity. Mill Valley, CA: Sociology Press.
150
![Page 151: epubs.surrey.ac.ukepubs.surrey.ac.uk/812369/1/E-thesis 6230279.docx · Web viewIndeed, the word ‘anchor’ has been used to refer to both mindful awareness (Brown, Marquis, &](https://reader035.vdocuments.mx/reader035/viewer/2022081514/5a7123887f8b9ac0538c9d3b/html5/thumbnails/151.jpg)
Glaser, B. G. & Strauss, A. L. (1967). The discovery of grounded theory. Chicago: Aldine. Grossman, P. (2008). On measuring mindfulness in psychosomatic and psychological research. Journal of psychosomatic research, 64, 405-408.Grossman, P. (2011). Defining mindfulness by how poorly I think I pay attention during everyday awareness and other intractable problems for psychology’s (re)invention of mindfulness: Comment on Brown et al. (2011). Psychological Assessment, 23, 1034-1040. Gunaratana, B. H. (2002). Mindfulness in plain English. Boston: Wisdom. Hedegaard, M. (1996). The zone of proximal development as basis for instruction. In H. Daniels (Ed.), An Introduction to Vygotsky (pp.171-195). London: Routledge. Hick, S. F., & Bien, T. (Eds.). (2008). Mindfulness and the therapeutic relationship. New York: Guilford Press. Hölzel, B. K., Lazar, S. W., Gard, T., Schuman-Olivier, Z., Vago, D. R., & Ott, U. (2011). How does mindfulness meditation work? Proposing mechanisms of action from a conceptual and neural perspective. Perspectives on Psychological Science, 6, 537-559.Hughes, J. A., & Sharrock, W. W. (1997). The philosophy of social research. London: Routledge. Irving, J. A., Dobkin, P. L., & Park, J. (2009). Cultivating mindfulness in health care professionals: A review of empirical studies of mindfulness-based stress reduction (MBSR). Complementary therapies in clinical practice, 15(2), 61-66.Kabat-Zinn, J. (2003). Mindfulness-based interventions in context: Past, present, and future. Clinical Psychology: Science and Practice, 10, 144-156.Kabat-Zinn, J. (2004). Full catastrophe living. London: Piatkus. Keng, S. L., Smoski, M. J., & Robins, C. J. (2011). Effects of mindfulness on psychological health: A review of empirical studies. Clinical Psychology Review, 31(6), 1041-1056.Kepner, J. I. (1988). Body process: A Gestalt approach to working with the body in psychotherapy. Hove: Psychology Press. Kingsbury, E. (2009). The relationship between empathy and mindfulness: Understanding the role of self-compassion. Dissertation Abstracts International: Section B: The Sciences and Engineering, 68, 6312. Kradin, R. L. (2007). Minding the gaps: The role of informational encapsulation and mindful attention in the analysis of transference. Journal of Jungian Theory and Practice, 9(1), 1-13. Lane, D. A., & Corrie, S. (2007). The modern scientist-practitioner: A guide to practice in psychology. London: Routledge. Lau, M. A., Bishop, S. R., Segal, Z. V., Buis, T., Anderson, N. D., Carlson, L., Shapiro, S., Carmody, J., Abbey, S., Devins, G. (2006). The Toronto Mindfulness Scale: Development and validation. Journal of Clinical Psychology, 62, 1445-1467.
151
![Page 152: epubs.surrey.ac.ukepubs.surrey.ac.uk/812369/1/E-thesis 6230279.docx · Web viewIndeed, the word ‘anchor’ has been used to refer to both mindful awareness (Brown, Marquis, &](https://reader035.vdocuments.mx/reader035/viewer/2022081514/5a7123887f8b9ac0538c9d3b/html5/thumbnails/152.jpg)
Leininger, M. (1992). Current issues, problems, and trends to advance qualitative paradigmatic research methods for the future. Qualitative Health Research, 2, 392-415. Mallinckrodt, B. (2010). The psychotherapy relationship as attachment: Evidence and implications. Journal of Social and Personal Relationships, 27(2), 262-270. Mallinckrodt, B., Gantt, D. L., & Coble, H. M. (1995). Attachment patterns in the psychotherapy relationship: Development of the client attachment to therapist scale. Journal of Counseling Psychology, 42, 307-317. Mallinckrodt, B., Porter, M. J., & Kivlighan, D. M. (2005). Client attachment to therapist, depth of in-session exploration, and object relations in brief psychotherapy. Psychotherapy: Theory, Research, Practice, Training, 42, 85-100. Manafi, E. (2010). Existential-phenomenological contributions to counselling psychology’s relational framework. In M. Milton (Ed.), Therapy and beyond: Counselling psychology contributions to therapeutic and social issues (pp.21-39). Chichester: Wiley-Blackwell. McAteer, D. (2010). Philosophical pluralism: Navigating the sea of diversity in psychotherapeutic and counselling psychology practice. In M. Milton (Ed.), Therapy and Beyond (pp.5-19). Chichester: Wiley-Blackwell. McCluskey, U., Roger, D., & Nash, P. (1997). A preliminary study of the role of attunement in adult psychotherapy. Human Relations, 50(10), 1261-1273.McCollum, E. E., & Gehart, D. R. (2010). Using mindfulness meditation to teach beginning therapists therapeutic presence: A qualitative study. Journal of Marital and Family Therapy, 36(3), 347-360. Merleau-Ponty, M. (1962). The phenomenology of perception. London: Routledge and Kegan Paul. Odendahl, T., & Shaw, A. M. (2002). Interviewing elites. In J. F. Gudbrium & J. A. Holstein (Eds.), Handbook of interview research: Context and method (pp.299-316). Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage. Pallaro, P. (2007). Somatic countertransference. In P. Pallaro (Ed.), Authentic movement: Moving the body, moving the self, being moved: A collection of essays (Volume two) (pp.176-193). London: Jessica Kingsley. Ponterotto, J. G. (2005). Qualitative research in counseling psychology: A primer on research paradigms and philosophy of science. Journal of Counseling Psychology, 52, 126-136. Romano, V., Fitzpatrick, M., & Janzen, J. (2008). The secure-base hypothesis: Global attachment, attachment to counselor, and session exploration in psychotherapy. Journal of Counseling Psychology, 55(4), 495-504. Rothaupt, J., & Morgan, M. (2007). Counselors’ and counselor educators’ practice of mindfulness: A qualitative enquiry. Counseling and Values, 52, 40-54. Rubino, G., Barker, C, Roth, T., & Fearon, P. (2000). Therapist empathy and depth of interpretation in response to potential alliance ruptures: The role of therapist and patient attachment styles. Psychotherapy Research, 10, 408-420.
152
![Page 153: epubs.surrey.ac.ukepubs.surrey.ac.uk/812369/1/E-thesis 6230279.docx · Web viewIndeed, the word ‘anchor’ has been used to refer to both mindful awareness (Brown, Marquis, &](https://reader035.vdocuments.mx/reader035/viewer/2022081514/5a7123887f8b9ac0538c9d3b/html5/thumbnails/153.jpg)
Safran, J. D., & Reading, R. (2008). Mindfulness, metacommunication, and affect regulation in psychoanalytic treatment. In S. F. Hick & T. Bien (Eds.), Mindfulness and the therapeutic relationship (pp.122-140). New York: Guilford Press. Samuels, A. (1985). Countertransference, the ‘Mundus Imaginalis’ and a research project. Journal of Analytic Psychology, 30, 47-71. Shapiro, S. L., Astin, J. A., Bishop, S. R., & Cordova, M. (2005). Mindfulness-based stress reduction for health care professionals: results from a randomized trial. International Journal of Stress Management, 12(2), 164-176.Shapiro, S. L., Brown, K. W., & Biegel, G. M. (2007). Teaching self-care to caregivers: effects of mindfulness-based stress reduction on the mental health of therapists in training. Training and Education in Professional Psychology,1(2), 105-115.Shapiro, S. L., Carlson, L. E., Astin, J. A., & Freedman, B. (2006). Mechanisms of mindfulness. Journal of Clinical Psychology, 62(3), 373-386.Shaw, R. (2004). The embodied psychotherapist: An exploration of the therapists’ somatic phenomena within the therapeutic encounter. Psychotherapy Research, 14(3), 271-288. Shelef, K., & Diamond, G. M. (2008). Short form of the revised Vanderbilt therapeutic alliance scale: Development, reliability, and validity. Psychotherapy Research, 18, 433-443. Siegel, D. (1999). The developing mind: How relationships and the brain interact to shape who we are. New York: Guilford Press. Siegel, D. J. (2007). The Mindful brain: Reflection and attunement in the cultivation of well-being. New York: W. W. Norton.Siegel, D. J. (2009). Mindful awareness, mindsight, and neural integration. The Humanistic Psychologist, 37, 137-158. Smith, J. A., Flowers, P., & Larkin, M. (2009). Interpretative phenomenological analysis: Theory, method and research. London: Sage. Snyder, R., Shapiro, S., & Treleaven, D. (2012). Attachment theory and mindfulness. Journal of Child and Family Studies, 21, 709-717. Stern, D. N., Sander, L. W., Nahum, J. P., Harrison, A. M., Lyons-Ruth, K., Morgan, A. C., Bruschweilerstern, N., & Tronick, E. Z. (1998). Non-interpretive mechanisms in psychoanalytic therapy: The ‘something more’ than interpretation. International journal of Psychoanalysis, 79(5), 903-921.Stiles, W. B., Gordon, L. E., & Lani, J. A. (2002). Session evaluation and the session evaluation questionnaire. In G. S. Tryon (Ed.), Counseling based on process research: Applying what we know (pp.325-343). Boston: Allyn and Bacon. Strauss, A., & Corbin, J. (1990). Basics of qualitative research: Techniques and procedures for developing grounded theory (2nd Ed.). London: Sage. Strawbridge, S., & Woolfe, R. (2010). Counselling psychology: Origins, developments and challenges. In R. Woolfe, S. Strawbridge, B. Douglas, & W. Dryden (2010). Handbook of counselling psychology (3rd Ed.) (pp.3-22). London: Sage.
153
![Page 154: epubs.surrey.ac.ukepubs.surrey.ac.uk/812369/1/E-thesis 6230279.docx · Web viewIndeed, the word ‘anchor’ has been used to refer to both mindful awareness (Brown, Marquis, &](https://reader035.vdocuments.mx/reader035/viewer/2022081514/5a7123887f8b9ac0538c9d3b/html5/thumbnails/154.jpg)
Todd, A. R., Forstmann, M., Burgmer, P., Brooks, A. W., & Galinsky, A. D. (2015). Anxious and egocentric: How specific emotions influence perspective taking. Journal of Experimental Psychology, 144(2), 374-391Tweed, A., & Charmaz, K. (2012). Grounded theory methods for mental health practitioners. In A. R. Harper & D. Thompson (Eds.), Qualitative research methods in mental health and psychotherapy: A guide for students and practitioners (pp.131-146). Chichester: John Wiley & Sons. Van Ijzendoorn, M. H., & Bakermans-Kranenburg, M. J. (1997). Intergenerational attachment: A move to the contextual. In L. Atkinson & K. J. Zucker (Eds.), Attachment and psychopathology (pp. 135-170). New York: Guilford Press.Vinca, M. A. (2009). Mindfulness and psychotherapy: A mixed methods investigation (Doctoral dissertation, The Pennsylvania State University). Vulcan, M. (2009). Is there any body out there?: A survey of literature on somatic countertransference and its significance for DMT. The Arts in Psychotherapy, 36, 275-281. Walsh, R. A. (2008). Mindfulness and empathy: A hermeneutic circle. In S. F. Hick & T. Bien (Eds.), Mindfulness and the therapeutic relationship (pp.72-86). New York: Guilford Press. Wang, S. J. (2007). Mindfulness meditation: Its personal and professional impact on psychotherapists. Dissertation Abstracts International: Section B: Science and Engineering, 67, 4122.Welwood, J. (2000). Reflection and presence. In T. Hart, P. L. Nelson, & K. Puhakka (Eds.), Transpersonal knowing: Exploring the horizon of consciousness (pp.85-111). Albany, NY: State University of New York Press. Willig, C. (2008). Introducing qualitative research in psychology: Adventures in theory and method (2nd edition). Maidenhead: Open University Press. Willig, C. (2012). Perspectives on the epistemological bases for qualitative research. In H. Cooper (Ed.), APA handbook of research methods in psychology, Vol.1: Foundations, planning, measures, and psychometrics. Washington, D.C.: American Psychiatric Association. Woolfe, R., Strawbridge, S., Douglas, B., & Dryden, W. (2010). Handbook of counselling psychology (3rd Ed.). London: Sage. Yardley, L. (2007). Dilemmas in qualitative health research. Psychology & Health, 15, 215-228. Yin, R. (1989). Case study research: Design & methods (2nd Ed.). Beverly Hills: Sage.
APPENDIX 1
Information sheet
154
![Page 155: epubs.surrey.ac.ukepubs.surrey.ac.uk/812369/1/E-thesis 6230279.docx · Web viewIndeed, the word ‘anchor’ has been used to refer to both mindful awareness (Brown, Marquis, &](https://reader035.vdocuments.mx/reader035/viewer/2022081514/5a7123887f8b9ac0538c9d3b/html5/thumbnails/155.jpg)
Information Sheet for Participants
Dear participant,
You are being asked to take part in a research study on mindfulness, conducted by Jake Ellwood, as part of the requirement for his Doctorate in Psychotherapeutic and Counselling Psychology at the University of Surrey. The study is being supervised by an academic researcher, Linda Morison, and it has been approved by the Psychology Research Ethics Committee.
Mindfulness, a concept that dates back thousands of years, refers to ‘the awareness that emerges through paying attention on purpose, in the present moment, and nonjudgmentally to the unfolding of experience moment by moment’ (Kabat-Zinn, 2003). In order to foster the ability to engage in such present-moment awareness, there exist a variety of mindfulness practices such as mindful breathing meditation and mindful movement. Beneficial outcomes of mindfulness practice include increased emotion regulation, heightened attentional skills, and increased interpersonal skills.
The current study hopes to increase understanding of how therapists use mindfulness in the therapy room, in terms of the relationship between therapist and client. In agreeing to take part in this study, you will be asked about your own experience of mindfulness (whether formally practised or informally observed), and how you bring mindfulness into your relationship with your clients.
During the course of the research I may contact you again to ask for clarification on something you have said in the interview, or to ask your opinion of certain ideas that have arisen during the course of the research. Returning to previous participants in light of new information can be very helpful for this kind of research, but I understand that you may have a busy schedule, and by agreeing to this initial interview you are under no obligation to respond to further enquiries.
All information will be kept confidential, and your identity will be kept anonymous in interview recordings/transcripts. Your responses will not be made available to your client. You retain the right to withdraw from the study at any time, without giving a reason and without prior notice.
Any complaint or concerns about any aspects of the way you have been dealt with during the course of the study will be addressed; please contact Linda Morison on 01483 686875 or [email protected].
Kind regards,
Jake EllwoodPrincipal Investigator
APPENDIX 2
Consent form
155
![Page 156: epubs.surrey.ac.ukepubs.surrey.ac.uk/812369/1/E-thesis 6230279.docx · Web viewIndeed, the word ‘anchor’ has been used to refer to both mindful awareness (Brown, Marquis, &](https://reader035.vdocuments.mx/reader035/viewer/2022081514/5a7123887f8b9ac0538c9d3b/html5/thumbnails/156.jpg)
Ethics Committee
Hello, and thank you for taking part in this study. Before continuing, please read the following, and sign below. Thank you!
I the undersigned voluntarily agree to take part in the study on mindfulness and the therapeutic relationship.
I have read and understood the Information Sheet provided. I have been given a full explanation by the investigators of the nature, purpose, location and likely duration of the study, and of what I will be expected to do. I have been advised about any discomfort and possible ill-effects on my health and well-being which may result. I have been given the opportunity to ask questions on all aspects of the study and have understood the advice and information given as a result.
I understand that all personal data relating to volunteers is held and processed in the strictest confidence, and in accordance with the Data Protection Act (1998). I agree that I will not seek to restrict the use of the results of the study on the understanding that my anonymity is preserved.
I understand that I am free to withdraw from the study at any time without needing to justify my decision and without prejudice.
I confirm that I have read and understood the above and freely consent to participating in this study. I have been given adequate time to consider my participation and agree to comply with the instructions and restrictions of the study.
Name of volunteer (BLOCK CAPITALS) ........................................................
Signed ........................................................
Date ......................................
Name of researcher/person taking consent (BLOCK CAPITALS) ........................................................
Signed ........................................................
Date ......................................
APPENDIX 3
Initial interview schedule
156
![Page 157: epubs.surrey.ac.ukepubs.surrey.ac.uk/812369/1/E-thesis 6230279.docx · Web viewIndeed, the word ‘anchor’ has been used to refer to both mindful awareness (Brown, Marquis, &](https://reader035.vdocuments.mx/reader035/viewer/2022081514/5a7123887f8b9ac0538c9d3b/html5/thumbnails/157.jpg)
General details Client baseYears since qualifyingTherapeutic approach and length of therapyPersonal experience of mindfulness practice and understanding of the term ‘mindfulness’
Main question The topic of my research is ‘Bringing mindfulness into the therapeutic
relationship’. What do you make of this?
Other potential questions When starting with a new client, is mindfulness something that you use to
build the therapeutic relationship? Consciously? Unconsciously? Do you think it helps in any way? Do you teach mindfulness techniques to your clients? Do you use the term
‘mindfulness’? Have you ever meditated before or after sessions? How do you think mindfulness ‘fits in’ with your theoretical approach? Do you maintain a formal mindfulness practice? Do you meditate regularly?
Are there times when you don’t keep up your practice, and if so, do you notice a difference in how you are in your personal relationships, or in the therapy room?
Mindfulness has been characterised as promoting nonstriving, nonevaluation, and openness… how does this relate to the way you practise therapy?
APPENDIX 4
Sample interview transcript (first two pages only)
157
![Page 158: epubs.surrey.ac.ukepubs.surrey.ac.uk/812369/1/E-thesis 6230279.docx · Web viewIndeed, the word ‘anchor’ has been used to refer to both mindful awareness (Brown, Marquis, &](https://reader035.vdocuments.mx/reader035/viewer/2022081514/5a7123887f8b9ac0538c9d3b/html5/thumbnails/158.jpg)
showing initial stage of analysis
Name: ‘Arlene’Sex: FemaleAge: 45Client base: GeneralWorks short, medium and long-termCore process psychotherapyQualified in 2005First meditated in 1998
Interviewer: I’ve been reading up on Core Process psychotherapy, so I know a little bit about it, but I’d just like to ask you for your take on it, because I understand it’s a relational way of working, that is based in mindfulness, but it also brings in psychodynamic elements as well.
Participant: Yeah, so it’s the first, Core Process was the first mindfulness-based training in the UK. There’s only one other actually recognised mindfulness-based psychotherapy, and that’s Tara Rokpa.
I: Tara Rokpa?
P: Yeah. There are other trainings out there but they don’t have the recognition of the UKCP. So Core Process, when it was founded, recognised that there was something in the relational that could support change, support transformation. So it takes as its starting point that there is an inherently well core, and depending on what tradition you come from, you could call it many things, but you know we [inaudible] tend to call it ‘brilliant sanity’, a sort of a ‘wellness’ which is available to all of us at any moment, but the way that a personality develops – and this is more traditional Western development theory of object relations – it obscures and layers over that inherently well core. And the work actually is to bring awareness to the process of knowing, which is why it’s called ‘Core Process’ – there’s the core and there’s the process. So it’s using awareness as the main tool.
I: Okay, and I like the idea of that, it reminds me of the kind of Rogerian idea of, the, well the idea that we’re all born with a, you know, inherent aspiration towards actualisation, self-actualisation. Um… and I also read that it’s not interpretative as such, it’s not about making…
6 Core Process ‘first mindfulness-based training in UK’
12-13 Working relationally to support change15 Starting from position that there is ‘inherently well core’16-17 Seeing commonalities with other therapeutic approaches18-19 Believing that ‘wellness’ is achievable by all, at any moment (present-moment perspective) 19-22 Believing that the ‘well core’ is obscured by developmental factors; seeing commonality with psychodynamic concept of object relations22-3 Bringing awareness to the process24-5 Using awareness as the ‘main tool’
158
![Page 159: epubs.surrey.ac.ukepubs.surrey.ac.uk/812369/1/E-thesis 6230279.docx · Web viewIndeed, the word ‘anchor’ has been used to refer to both mindful awareness (Brown, Marquis, &](https://reader035.vdocuments.mx/reader035/viewer/2022081514/5a7123887f8b9ac0538c9d3b/html5/thumbnails/159.jpg)
P: No. It takes very much the premise that the client is the expert on themselves. The therapist is there as a joint process, it’s not the therapist, we don’t use the word ‘patients’; we call them ‘clients’. Because we’re not coming from the position where one might do in an analysis, which is that there is something that needs to be ‘fixed’ in the other. So it’s very much a joint relational practice, you know, the therapist learns an awful lot too, in the process.
I: Well, given that you said it’s a joint process and it’s co-constructed, and that it’s based in awareness and mindfulness, that’s very relevant to my research topic, which is ‘Bringing mindfulness to the therapeutic relationship’. So I mean, how do you – it’s a very broad question – but how do you bring mindfulness to the therapeutic relationship?
P: Well yeah mindfulness is now very popular, but it actually is part and parcel of the teachings of Buddhist psychology, of the Buddha. We don’t denature it, so we’re not looking at it as just a tool to work with, we’re recognising that it’s part and parcel of the relational way of being, so that there becomes the opportunity to be aware of what’s arising in each and every moment. I may invite my clients to practise some form of… something that resources them, and in my experience mindfulness is incredibly quick to show results. And most of my clients who are struggling – and there’s a lot of research to show this – it’s very useful to apply it to anxiety, to depression, to difficulties, because it gives clients a tool. But it’s not all that there is. Because you can teach mindfulness until you’re blue in the face, but if there are underlying patterns that are relational, it won’t affect them, in my experience. So how do I work with it? When a client arrives, we might sit for a few moments – at the beginning of the session I often do – just so that there can be the opportunity to become present. Because the narrative of the mind can often take people away, so they’re thinking about what they want to say in the session and they’ve got it all planned out – in my experience that doesn’t lead to change, because they talk around it rather than be in it. You can be incredibly insightful about your process and know what’s going on, but you can still carry on doing the same things. In my experience, in order for real change to occur, there needs to be an awareness of how these patterns manifest, and often – certainly the portal that I use, and the one that Core Process uses – is the body. So mindfulness of body is one of the four foundations of mindfulness.
[…]
APPENDIX 5
31 Considering the client to be the ‘expert’
32 Participating in a joint process33-4 Emphasising wellness35 Drawing contrast with analytic approach36-8 Engaging in joint relational practice; involving self in the work; gaining from the process
45-6 Drawing link to Buddhist beliefs47 ‘Denaturing’ – decontextualising? 48-49 Rooting mindfulness in relational way of being50-1 Being aware of what is arising in ‘each and every moment’51-3 Encouraging clients to practise mindfulness; has quick results56 Giving clients a tool to help them; but also giving them something more57-59 Teaching mindfulness alone not enough to address underlying relational patterns60 Sitting with client at start of session, in order to become present (together – joint process)62-3 ‘Narrative of the mind’ can take one away from… experience? Emotions?
66 Talking around one’s experience, rather than being in it66-68 Insight not enough for change69-70 Bringing attention to how relational patterns manifest70-1 Believing in her therapeutic approach 71 Using body to access one’s experience of relating
159
![Page 160: epubs.surrey.ac.ukepubs.surrey.ac.uk/812369/1/E-thesis 6230279.docx · Web viewIndeed, the word ‘anchor’ has been used to refer to both mindful awareness (Brown, Marquis, &](https://reader035.vdocuments.mx/reader035/viewer/2022081514/5a7123887f8b9ac0538c9d3b/html5/thumbnails/160.jpg)
Final interview schedule
General details Client baseYears since qualifyingTherapeutic approach and length of therapyPersonal experience of mindfulness practice
Main question The topic of my research is ‘Bringing mindfulness into the therapeutic
relationship’. What do you make of this?
Other potential questions Operationalising terms
o What does mindfulness mean to you? What is ‘being mindful’?o What constitutes a ‘good’ therapeutic relationship? What are the most
important elements in achieving this? o How do you define ____? [other terms as they arise, e.g. [‘presence’,
‘resonance’, ‘attunement’`] How does mindfulness fit in with you personally, and also the way you work?
o Are there times when you don’t keep up your practice, and if so, do you notice a difference in how you are in your personal relationships, or in the therapy room?
Is meditating with someone else or in a group qualitatively different from meditating on your own?
You mentioned _____. How does mindfulness help you to you achieve that? How do you think the client experiences you, when you are bringing these
mindful qualities into the work? Do you use your own sensations in the therapy room as guidance? Do you hold attachment processes in mind when you are with a client?
o Can a therapist act as a ‘secure base’? When starting with a new client, is mindfulness something that you use to
build the therapeutic relationship? Consciously? Unconsciously? Do you teach mindfulness techniques to your clients? Do you use the term
‘mindfulness’? Have you ever meditated before or after sessions? How do you think mindfulness ‘fits in’ with your theoretical approach?
APPENDIX 6
Ethical approval
160
![Page 161: epubs.surrey.ac.ukepubs.surrey.ac.uk/812369/1/E-thesis 6230279.docx · Web viewIndeed, the word ‘anchor’ has been used to refer to both mindful awareness (Brown, Marquis, &](https://reader035.vdocuments.mx/reader035/viewer/2022081514/5a7123887f8b9ac0538c9d3b/html5/thumbnails/161.jpg)
Ref: FT-PSY-88-15
Dear Jacob Yes thank you I am very well and although it seems a long time ago, I had a good Christmas. Thank you for submitting your ethics proposal form to the Faculty of Arts and Human Sciences Ethics Committee via the Fast Track procedure. I am pleased to confirm that your proposal, as stated in your application, does not raise any issues that would necessitate a full review and you are therefore able to proceed with your study. Please keep your original proposal with the reference given above together with a copy of this email, as no copies are kept by the ethics committee. If there are any significant changes to your proposal which require further scrutiny, please contact the Faculty Ethics Committee before proceeding with your Project. Many thanks Kind Regards Julie Julie EarlFaculty Administrator (Faculty Office)Administrator Faculty Ethics CommitteeFaculty of Arts and Human SciencesUniversity of SurreyTel: 01483 689175Email: [email protected]
161
![Page 162: epubs.surrey.ac.ukepubs.surrey.ac.uk/812369/1/E-thesis 6230279.docx · Web viewIndeed, the word ‘anchor’ has been used to refer to both mindful awareness (Brown, Marquis, &](https://reader035.vdocuments.mx/reader035/viewer/2022081514/5a7123887f8b9ac0538c9d3b/html5/thumbnails/162.jpg)
162
![Page 163: epubs.surrey.ac.ukepubs.surrey.ac.uk/812369/1/E-thesis 6230279.docx · Web viewIndeed, the word ‘anchor’ has been used to refer to both mindful awareness (Brown, Marquis, &](https://reader035.vdocuments.mx/reader035/viewer/2022081514/5a7123887f8b9ac0538c9d3b/html5/thumbnails/163.jpg)
163